WO2023007374A1 - Method of treatment of cancer pain with tanezumab - Google Patents
Method of treatment of cancer pain with tanezumab Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2023007374A1 WO2023007374A1 PCT/IB2022/056903 IB2022056903W WO2023007374A1 WO 2023007374 A1 WO2023007374 A1 WO 2023007374A1 IB 2022056903 W IB2022056903 W IB 2022056903W WO 2023007374 A1 WO2023007374 A1 WO 2023007374A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- pain
- cancer
- patient
- tanezumab
- treatment
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 163
- 206010058019 Cancer Pain Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 145
- 229950008160 tanezumab Drugs 0.000 title claims description 160
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims description 107
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 64
- 206010027476 Metastases Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 35
- 230000009401 metastasis Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 35
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 claims description 113
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 46
- BQJCRHHNABKAKU-KBQPJGBKSA-N morphine Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H](C=C[C@H]23)O)C4=C5[C@@]12CCN(C)[C@@H]3CC5=CC=C4O BQJCRHHNABKAKU-KBQPJGBKSA-N 0.000 claims description 38
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 claims description 37
- 201000008482 osteoarthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 33
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 28
- 229940005483 opioid analgesics Drugs 0.000 claims description 25
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims description 24
- 210000003127 knee Anatomy 0.000 claims description 20
- 229960005181 morphine Drugs 0.000 claims description 19
- 206010031264 Osteonecrosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 18
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 claims description 17
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 16
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 claims description 14
- 208000005250 Spontaneous Fractures Diseases 0.000 claims description 14
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- 208000013201 Stress fracture Diseases 0.000 claims description 11
- 208000007353 Hip Osteoarthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000007409 radiographic assessment Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000034578 Multiple myelomas Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000002269 spontaneous effect Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000011319 anticancer therapy Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 201000005202 lung cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000003947 Knee Osteoarthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000000729 hypotrophic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000000014 opioid analgesic Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 206010005949 Bone cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000018084 Bone neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010038389 Renal cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000008839 Kidney Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010039491 Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000010982 kidney cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000008968 osteosarcoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000001164 Osteoporotic Fractures Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- 229940053128 nerve growth factor Drugs 0.000 abstract description 10
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 80
- 229940068196 placebo Drugs 0.000 description 53
- 239000000902 placebo Substances 0.000 description 53
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 48
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 43
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 43
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 43
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 37
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 29
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 25
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 25
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 23
- 102100024952 Protein CBFA2T1 Human genes 0.000 description 21
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 21
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 20
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 20
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 19
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 19
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 19
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 19
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 18
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 18
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 18
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 16
- 230000000202 analgesic effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 108010047041 Complementarity Determining Regions Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 14
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 13
- 210000001624 hip Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 229940021182 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug Drugs 0.000 description 13
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 13
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 230000010056 antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 10
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 10
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 10
- -1 slindac Chemical compound 0.000 description 10
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 9
- 210000002832 shoulder Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 108010025020 Nerve Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102000015336 Nerve Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 8
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 7
- 229940035676 analgesics Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 239000000730 antalgic agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000000041 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 7
- NFGXHKASABOEEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylethyl 11-methoxy-3,7,11-trimethyl-2,4-dodecadienoate Chemical compound COC(C)(C)CCCC(C)CC=CC(C)=CC(=O)OC(C)C NFGXHKASABOEEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108010087819 Fc receptors Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102000009109 Fc receptors Human genes 0.000 description 6
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 210000000588 acetabulum Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000004540 complement-dependent cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 6
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 6
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 5
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 5
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 5
- 206010061289 metastatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 5
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N α-D-glucopyranosyl-α-D-glucopyranoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- TVYLLZQTGLZFBW-ZBFHGGJFSA-N (R,R)-tramadol Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC([C@]2(O)[C@H](CCCC2)CN(C)C)=C1 TVYLLZQTGLZFBW-ZBFHGGJFSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetaminophen Chemical compound CC(=O)NC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Natural products OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 4
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N Trehalose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N alpha,alpha-trehalose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000011394 anticancer treatment Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- YCIMNLLNPGFGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N catechol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1O YCIMNLLNPGFGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 208000002849 chondrocalcinosis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- OROGSEYTTFOCAN-DNJOTXNNSA-N codeine Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@H](N(CC[C@@]112)C)C3)=C[C@H](O)[C@@H]1OC1=C2C3=CC=C1OC OROGSEYTTFOCAN-DNJOTXNNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 4
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 210000003292 kidney cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 125000003588 lysine group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 4
- RLSSMJSEOOYNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N m-cresol Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(O)=C1 RLSSMJSEOOYNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000003094 microcapsule Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 4
- AQIXEPGDORPWBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentan-3-ol Chemical compound CCC(O)CC AQIXEPGDORPWBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 4
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GHMLBKRAJCXXBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N resorcinol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC(O)=C1 GHMLBKRAJCXXBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 4
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 4
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229960004380 tramadol Drugs 0.000 description 4
- TVYLLZQTGLZFBW-GOEBONIOSA-N tramadol Natural products COC1=CC=CC([C@@]2(O)[C@@H](CCCC2)CN(C)C)=C1 TVYLLZQTGLZFBW-GOEBONIOSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000036487 Arthropathies Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 101100454808 Caenorhabditis elegans lgg-2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 3
- 208000000094 Chronic Pain Diseases 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010012335 Dependence Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000012659 Joint disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 3
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 102000004005 Prostaglandin-endoperoxide synthases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000459 Prostaglandin-endoperoxide synthases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 3
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002591 computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 3
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 3
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000001794 hormone therapy Methods 0.000 description 3
- OROGSEYTTFOCAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrocodone Natural products C1C(N(CCC234)C)C2C=CC(O)C3OC2=C4C1=CC=C2OC OROGSEYTTFOCAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000001394 metastastic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000002482 oligosaccharides Polymers 0.000 description 3
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000001959 radiotherapy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 3
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- USSIQXCVUWKGNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(dimethylamino)-4,4-diphenylheptan-3-one Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(CC(C)N(C)C)(C(=O)CC)C1=CC=CC=C1 USSIQXCVUWKGNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 2
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091008875 B cell receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000004434 Calcinosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010008690 Chondrocalcinosis pyrophosphate Diseases 0.000 description 2
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N D-mannopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N D-xylopyranose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1COC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010017076 Fracture Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 2
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical class C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 102000009786 Immunoglobulin Constant Regions Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010009817 Immunoglobulin Constant Regions Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000006496 Immunoglobulin Heavy Chains Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010019476 Immunoglobulin Heavy Chains Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091092195 Intron Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 2
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010000817 Leuprolide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000030136 Marchiafava-Bignami Disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000029725 Metabolic bone disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010027452 Metastases to bone Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000004989 O-glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000026251 Opioid-Related disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000010191 Osteitis Deformans Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000027868 Paget disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010034156 Pathological fracture Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010057249 Phagocytosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000219061 Rheum Species 0.000 description 2
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010049514 Traumatic fracture Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000003423 ankle Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000000628 antibody-producing cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N arabinose Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229960000686 benzalkonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960001950 benzethonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 2
- UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzethonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(C(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1OCCOCC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(dimethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[NH+](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-Pyranose-Lyxose Natural products OC1COC(O)C(O)C1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HUTDDBSSHVOYJR-UHFFFAOYSA-H bis[(2-oxo-1,3,2$l^{5},4$l^{2}-dioxaphosphaplumbetan-2-yl)oxy]lead Chemical compound [Pb+2].[Pb+2].[Pb+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O HUTDDBSSHVOYJR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 2
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl alcohol Substances CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000002308 calcification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- RZEKVGVHFLEQIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N celecoxib Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C1=CC(C(F)(F)F)=NN1C1=CC=C(S(N)(=O)=O)C=C1 RZEKVGVHFLEQIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000590 celecoxib Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000004978 chinese hamster ovary cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004126 codeine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000024203 complement activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- HPXRVTGHNJAIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanol Chemical compound OC1CCCCC1 HPXRVTGHNJAIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003405 delayed action preparation Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001066 destructive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- XYYVYLMBEZUESM-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydrocodeine Natural products C1C(N(CCC234)C)C2C=CC(=O)C3OC2=C4C1=CC=C2OC XYYVYLMBEZUESM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002016 disaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000003828 downregulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012055 enteric layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960002428 fentanyl Drugs 0.000 description 2
- PJMPHNIQZUBGLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fentanyl Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1N(C(=O)CC)C(CC1)CCN1CCC1=CC=CC=C1 PJMPHNIQZUBGLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 206010073071 hepatocellular carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001477 hydrophilic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- 229940027941 immunoglobulin g Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 2
- RGLRXNKKBLIBQS-XNHQSDQCSA-N leuprolide acetate Chemical compound CC(O)=O.CCNC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)CC1)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RGLRXNKKBLIBQS-XNHQSDQCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000005229 liver cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000027202 mammary Paget disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229960001797 methadone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004292 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960002216 methylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002772 monosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- CMWTZPSULFXXJA-VIFPVBQESA-N naproxen Chemical compound C1=C([C@H](C)C(O)=O)C=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 CMWTZPSULFXXJA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920001542 oligosaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-hydroxybenzoic acid methyl ester Natural products COC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960005489 paracetamol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003819 peripheral blood mononuclear cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008782 phagocytosis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940068977 polysorbate 20 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010232 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004405 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003415 propylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- ZCCUUQDIBDJBTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N psoralen Chemical compound C1=C2OC(=O)C=CC2=CC2=C1OC=C2 ZCCUUQDIBDJBTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940127558 rescue medication Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- RZJQGNCSTQAWON-UHFFFAOYSA-N rofecoxib Chemical compound C1=CC(S(=O)(=O)C)=CC=C1C1=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)OC1 RZJQGNCSTQAWON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FGDZQCVHDSGLHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M rubidium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Rb+] FGDZQCVHDSGLHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- SFVFIFLLYFPGHH-UHFFFAOYSA-M stearalkonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 SFVFIFLLYFPGHH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035882 stress Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003319 supportive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- 206010046766 uterine cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- XMQUEQJCYRFIQS-YFKPBYRVSA-N (2s)-2-amino-5-ethoxy-5-oxopentanoic acid Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XMQUEQJCYRFIQS-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KYBXNPIASYUWLN-WUCPZUCCSA-N (2s)-5-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC1CC[C@@H](C(O)=O)N1 KYBXNPIASYUWLN-WUCPZUCCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZEUITGRIYCTCEM-KRWDZBQOSA-N (S)-duloxetine Chemical compound C1([C@@H](OC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC=2)CCNC)=CC=CS1 ZEUITGRIYCTCEM-KRWDZBQOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JLPULHDHAOZNQI-ZTIMHPMXSA-N 1-hexadecanoyl-2-(9Z,12Z-octadecadienoyl)-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC JLPULHDHAOZNQI-ZTIMHPMXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LOWWSYWGAKCKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(6-methoxynaphthalen-1-yl)acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 LOWWSYWGAKCKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FALRKNHUBBKYCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(chloromethyl)pyridine-3-carbonitrile Chemical compound ClCC1=NC=CC=C1C#N FALRKNHUBBKYCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XKSAJZSJKURQRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-acetyloxy-5-(4-fluorophenyl)benzoic acid Chemical compound C1=C(C(O)=O)C(OC(=O)C)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 XKSAJZSJKURQRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000979 2-amino-2-oxoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(=O)N([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- VXGRJERITKFWPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4',5'-Dihydropsoralen Natural products C1=C2OC(=O)C=CC2=CC2=C1OCC2 VXGRJERITKFWPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SYCHUQUJURZQMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxy-2-methyl-1,1-dioxo-n-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)-1$l^{6},2-benzothiazine-3-carboxamide Chemical compound OC=1C2=CC=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)N(C)C=1C(=O)NC1=NC=CS1 SYCHUQUJURZQMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100033400 4F2 cell-surface antigen heavy chain Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940117976 5-hydroxylysine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000035657 Abasia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 235000019489 Almond oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000006820 Arthralgia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000972773 Aulopiformes Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000011708 Avulsion fracture Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000011725 BALB/c mouse Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101100222854 Bacillus subtilis (strain 168) czcO gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940122361 Bisphosphonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920002799 BoPET Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000010392 Bone Fractures Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010064211 Bone fragmentation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010006002 Bone pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- QCMYYKRYFNMIEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N COP(O)=O Chemical class COP(O)=O QCMYYKRYFNMIEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100217502 Caenorhabditis elegans lgg-3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000399988 Carinoma Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100035360 Cerebellar degeneration-related antigen 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100035361 Cerebellar degeneration-related protein 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010008342 Cervix carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282552 Chlorocebus aethiops Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000251730 Chondrichthyes Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010058112 Chondrolysis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000017667 Chronic Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700010070 Codon Usage Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001333 Colorectal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091035707 Consensus sequence Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000699800 Cricetinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699802 Cricetulus griseus Species 0.000 description 1
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N D-ribofuranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000016928 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014303 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000626 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004163 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000702421 Dependoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001353 Dextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004375 Dextrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019739 Dicalciumphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003109 Disodium ethylene diamine tetraacetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- AJFTZWGGHJXZOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N DuP 697 Chemical compound C1=CC(S(=O)(=O)C)=CC=C1C1=C(C=2C=CC(F)=CC=2)SC(Br)=C1 AJFTZWGGHJXZOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000895909 Elizabethkingia meningoseptica Endo-beta-N-acetylglucosaminidase F1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000895912 Elizabethkingia meningoseptica Endo-beta-N-acetylglucosaminidase F2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000895922 Elizabethkingia meningoseptica Endo-beta-N-acetylglucosaminidase F3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001917 Ficoll Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 1
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JZNWSCPGTDBMEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerophosphorylethanolamin Natural products NCCOP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO JZNWSCPGTDBMEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000068988 Glycine max Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010469 Glycine max Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000051366 Glycosyltransferases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700023372 Glycosyltransferases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GVGLGOZIDCSQPN-PVHGPHFFSA-N Heroin Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H](C=C[C@H]23)OC(C)=O)C4=C5[C@@]12CCN(C)[C@@H]3CC5=CC=C4OC(C)=O GVGLGOZIDCSQPN-PVHGPHFFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000800023 Homo sapiens 4F2 cell-surface antigen heavy chain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001111439 Homo sapiens Beta-nerve growth factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000737796 Homo sapiens Cerebellar degeneration-related protein 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HEFNNWSXXWATRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ibuprofen Chemical compound CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C(C)C(O)=O)C=C1 HEFNNWSXXWATRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100026120 IgG receptor FcRn large subunit p51 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710177940 IgG receptor FcRn large subunit p51 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000012745 Immunoglobulin Subunits Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010079585 Immunoglobulin Subunits Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012695 Interfacial polymerization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241001138401 Kluyveromyces lactis Species 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010023856 Laryngeal squamous cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- JAQUASYNZVUNQP-USXIJHARSA-N Levorphanol Chemical compound C1C2=CC=C(O)C=C2[C@]23CCN(C)[C@H]1[C@@H]2CCCC3 JAQUASYNZVUNQP-USXIJHARSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lidocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004907 Macro-emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- SBDNJUWAMKYJOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Meclofenamic Acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(Cl)C(NC=2C(=CC=CC=2)C(O)=O)=C1Cl SBDNJUWAMKYJOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZRVUJXDFFKFLMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Meloxicam Chemical compound OC=1C2=CC=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)N(C)C=1C(=O)NC1=NC=C(C)S1 ZRVUJXDFFKFLMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XADCESSVHJOZHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Meperidine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C1(C(=O)OCC)CCN(C)CC1 XADCESSVHJOZHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000037848 Metastatic bone disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036631 Metastatic pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101100537961 Methanosarcina mazei (strain ATCC BAA-159 / DSM 3647 / Goe1 / Go1 / JCM 11833 / OCM 88) trkA2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000822667 Mus musculus Something about silencing protein 10 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000005041 Mylar™ Substances 0.000 description 1
- IDBPHNDTYPBSNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-(1-(2-(4-Ethyl-5-oxo-2-tetrazolin-1-yl)ethyl)-4-(methoxymethyl)-4-piperidyl)propionanilide Chemical compound C1CN(CCN2C(N(CC)N=N2)=O)CCC1(COC)N(C(=O)CC)C1=CC=CC=C1 IDBPHNDTYPBSNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-CBQIKETKSA-N N-Acetyl-D-Galactosamine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-CBQIKETKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acelyl-D-glucosamine Natural products CC(=O)NC1C(O)OC(CO)C(O)C1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acetyl-D-galactosamine Natural products CC(=O)NC(C=O)C(O)C(O)C(O)CO MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-RTRLPJTCSA-N N-acetyl-D-glucosamine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1C(O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-RTRLPJTCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-LXGUWJNJSA-N N-acetylglucosamine Natural products CC(=O)N[C@@H](C=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-LXGUWJNJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004988 N-glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- KTDZCOWXCWUPEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N NS-398 Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1OC1CCCCC1 KTDZCOWXCWUPEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BLXXJMDCKKHMKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nabumetone Chemical compound C1=C(CCC(C)=O)C=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 BLXXJMDCKKHMKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091061960 Naked DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CMWTZPSULFXXJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naproxen Natural products C1=C(C(C)C(O)=O)C=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 CMWTZPSULFXXJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000002454 Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061309 Neoplasm progression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000906034 Orthops Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000008558 Osteophyte Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BRUQQQPBMZOVGD-XFKAJCMBSA-N Oxycodone Chemical compound O=C([C@@H]1O2)CC[C@@]3(O)[C@H]4CC5=CC=C(OC)C2=C5[C@@]13CCN4C BRUQQQPBMZOVGD-XFKAJCMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UQCNKQCJZOAFTQ-ISWURRPUSA-N Oxymorphone Chemical compound O([C@H]1C(CC[C@]23O)=O)C4=C5[C@@]12CCN(C)[C@@H]3CC5=CC=C4O UQCNKQCJZOAFTQ-ISWURRPUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000000447 Peptide-N4-(N-acetyl-beta-glucosaminyl) Asparagine Amidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010055817 Peptide-N4-(N-acetyl-beta-glucosaminyl) Asparagine Amidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorous acid Chemical group OP(O)=O ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000276498 Pollachius virens Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001214 Polysorbate 60 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000004550 Postoperative Pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700157 Rattus norvegicus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000006265 Renal cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091028664 Ribonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N Ribose Natural products OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000019485 Safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000034189 Sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940121991 Serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001800 Shellac Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 244000258044 Solanum gilo Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 101000895926 Streptomyces plicatus Endo-beta-N-acetylglucosaminidase H Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 1
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophosphoric acid Chemical class OP(O)(S)=O RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010034949 Thyroglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009843 Thyroglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940123445 Tricyclic antidepressant Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 101710162629 Trypsin inhibitor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940122618 Trypsin inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010053613 Type IV hypersensitivity reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006105 Uterine Cervical Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000700618 Vaccinia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000000188 Vaccinium ovalifolium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000000367 ab initio method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940081735 acetylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002015 acyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003463 adsorbent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001391 alfentanil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002168 alkylating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008168 almond oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-D-Furanose-Ribose Natural products OCC1OC(O)C(O)C1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N alpha-D-galactose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940059260 amidate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000012870 ammonium sulfate precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000007502 anemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003388 anti-hormonal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009830 antibody antigen interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013011 aqueous formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-WDCZJNDASA-N arabinose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-WDCZJNDASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000613 asparagine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000011888 autopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000013404 behavioral symptom Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940049706 benzodiazepine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001557 benzodiazepines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004663 bisphosphonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037180 bone health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004097 bone metabolism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007469 bone scintigraphy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 201000008275 breast carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000000621 bronchi Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- RMRJXGBAOAMLHD-IHFGGWKQSA-N buprenorphine Chemical compound C([C@]12[C@H]3OC=4C(O)=CC=C(C2=4)C[C@@H]2[C@]11CC[C@]3([C@H](C1)[C@](C)(O)C(C)(C)C)OC)CN2CC1CC1 RMRJXGBAOAMLHD-IHFGGWKQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001736 buprenorphine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-3-enoic acid;ethene Chemical compound C=C.OC(=O)CC=C DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IFKLAQQSCNILHL-QHAWAJNXSA-N butorphanol Chemical compound N1([C@@H]2CC3=CC=C(C=C3[C@@]3([C@]2(CCCC3)O)CC1)O)CC1CCC1 IFKLAQQSCNILHL-QHAWAJNXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001113 butorphanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000004657 carbamic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 1
- 231100000504 carcinogenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000007910 cell fusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 201000010881 cervical cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000019065 cervical carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960000541 cetyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009920 chelation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013330 chicken meat Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000006990 cholangiocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013611 chromosomal DNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013599 cloning vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005354 coacervation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000010989 colorectal carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004154 complement system Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005687 corn oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002285 corn oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003246 corticosteroid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001334 corticosteroids Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940111134 coxibs Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003255 cyclooxygenase 2 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000151 cysteine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000517 death Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- YSMODUONRAFBET-UHFFFAOYSA-N delta-DL-hydroxylysine Natural products NCC(O)CCC(N)C(O)=O YSMODUONRAFBET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005547 deoxyribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002637 deoxyribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960002086 dextran Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000633 dextran sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019425 dextrin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- XLMALTXPSGQGBX-GCJKJVERSA-N dextropropoxyphene Chemical compound C([C@](OC(=O)CC)([C@H](C)CN(C)C)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 XLMALTXPSGQGBX-GCJKJVERSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004193 dextropropoxyphene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002069 diamorphine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K dicalcium phosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229910000390 dicalcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940038472 dicalcium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001259 diclofenac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DCOPUUMXTXDBNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N diclofenac Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1NC1=C(Cl)C=CC=C1Cl DCOPUUMXTXDBNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000616 diflunisal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HUPFGZXOMWLGNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diflunisal Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(C(=O)O)=CC(C=2C(=CC(F)=CC=2)F)=C1 HUPFGZXOMWLGNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RBOXVHNMENFORY-DNJOTXNNSA-N dihydrocodeine Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@H](N(CC[C@@]112)C)C3)C[C@H](O)[C@@H]1OC1=C2C3=CC=C1OC RBOXVHNMENFORY-DNJOTXNNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000920 dihydrocodeine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003292 diminished effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019301 disodium ethylene diamine tetraacetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N dithiophosphoric acid Chemical class OP(O)(S)=S NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002866 duloxetine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001198 duodenum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001513 elbow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008393 encapsulating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000012202 endocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002702 enteric coating Substances 0.000 description 1
- YSMODUONRAFBET-UHNVWZDZSA-N erythro-5-hydroxy-L-lysine Chemical compound NC[C@H](O)CC[C@H](N)C(O)=O YSMODUONRAFBET-UHNVWZDZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005038 ethylene vinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NPUKDXXFDDZOKR-LLVKDONJSA-N etomidate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CN=CN1[C@H](C)C1=CC=CC=C1 NPUKDXXFDDZOKR-LLVKDONJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000021045 exocrine pancreatic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003414 extremity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003754 fetus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009459 flexible packaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229950005722 flosulide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950007979 flufenisal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229930182830 galactose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010017758 gastric cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010749 gastric carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002989 glutamic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004247 hand Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 231100000844 hepatocellular carcinoma Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 208000012285 hip pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008240 homogeneous mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000046917 human NGF Human genes 0.000 description 1
- LLPOLZWFYMWNKH-CMKMFDCUSA-N hydrocodone Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@H](N(CC[C@@]112)C)C3)CC(=O)[C@@H]1OC1=C2C3=CC=C1OC LLPOLZWFYMWNKH-CMKMFDCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000240 hydrocodone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 1
- WVLOADHCBXTIJK-YNHQPCIGSA-N hydromorphone Chemical compound O([C@H]1C(CC[C@H]23)=O)C4=C5[C@@]12CCN(C)[C@@H]3CC5=CC=C4O WVLOADHCBXTIJK-YNHQPCIGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001410 hydromorphone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001600 hydrophobic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000002349 hydroxyamino group Chemical group [H]ON([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 229920003063 hydroxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940031574 hydroxymethyl cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001680 ibuprofen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012678 infectious agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012482 interaction analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008863 intramolecular interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- YYUAYBYLJSNDCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxicam Chemical compound OC=1C2=CC=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)N(C)C=1C(=O)NC=1C=C(C)ON=1 YYUAYBYLJSNDCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950002252 isoxicam Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DKYWVDODHFEZIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ketoprofen Chemical compound OC(=O)C(C)C1=CC=CC(C(=O)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 DKYWVDODHFEZIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000991 ketoprofen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010045069 keyhole-limpet hemocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004338 leuprorelin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003406 levorphanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004194 lidocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002960 lipid emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001638 lipofection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012669 liquid formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000005296 lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000005265 lung cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940087857 lupron Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002934 lysing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002671 lyxoses Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002595 magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036210 malignancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008774 maternal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003803 meclofenamic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002483 medication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003464 mefenamic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HYYBABOKPJLUIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N mefenamic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(NC=2C(=CC=CC=2)C(O)=O)=C1C HYYBABOKPJLUIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001929 meloxicam Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000037819 metastatic cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000011575 metastatic malignant neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004530 micro-emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037230 mobility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003158 myorelaxant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- CXJONBHNIJFARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[6-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-oxo-2,3-dihydroinden-5-yl]methanesulfonamide Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=2CCC(=O)C=2C=C1OC1=CC=C(F)C=C1F CXJONBHNIJFARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004270 nabumetone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000805 nalbuphine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NETZHAKZCGBWSS-CEDHKZHLSA-N nalbuphine Chemical compound C([C@]12[C@H]3OC=4C(O)=CC=C(C2=4)C[C@@H]2[C@]1(O)CC[C@@H]3O)CN2CC1CCC1 NETZHAKZCGBWSS-CEDHKZHLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002088 nanocapsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940090008 naprosyn Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002009 naproxen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000011216 nasopharynx carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000000822 natural killer cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000004296 neuralgia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960000965 nimesulide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HYWYRSMBCFDLJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N nimesulide Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1OC1=CC=CC=C1 HYWYRSMBCFDLJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003833 nucleoside derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000016709 nutrition Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000035764 nutrition Effects 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002515 oligonucleotide synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000010 osteolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960002085 oxycodone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000006213 oxygenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960005118 oxymorphone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940094443 oxytocics prostaglandins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000008443 pancreatic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000021010 pancreatic neuroendocrine tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000035824 paresthesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- VOKSWYLNZZRQPF-GDIGMMSISA-N pentazocine Chemical compound C1C2=CC=C(O)C=C2[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](C)[C@@H]1N(CC=C(C)C)CC2 VOKSWYLNZZRQPF-GDIGMMSISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005301 pentazocine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000482 pethidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008024 pharmaceutical diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 description 1
- WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N phosphatidylcholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008104 phosphatidylethanolamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004713 phosphodiesters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000729 poly(L-lysine) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001200 poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002338 polyhydroxyethylmethacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003180 prostaglandins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004853 protein function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000455 protein structure prediction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005180 public health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003127 radioimmunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010038038 rectal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020615 rectal carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000010174 renal carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000241 respiratory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029058 respiratory gaseous exchange Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960000371 rofecoxib Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940102127 rubidium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000005713 safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003813 safflower oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019515 salmon Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003341 sedoheptuloses Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000035807 sensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003775 serotonin noradrenalin reuptake inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000717 sertoli cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940113147 shellac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004208 shellac Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N shellac Chemical compound OCCCCCC(O)C(O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O.C1C23[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC2[C@](C)(CO)[C@@H]1C(C(O)=O)=C[C@@H]3O ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013874 shellac Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004904 shortening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013605 shuttle vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125706 skeletal muscle relaxant agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FQENQNTWSFEDLI-UHFFFAOYSA-J sodium diphosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O FQENQNTWSFEDLI-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012064 sodium phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940048086 sodium pyrophosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001082 somatic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940083466 soybean lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008347 soybean phospholipid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012289 standard assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011146 sterile filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000000498 stomach carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000013517 stratification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000005065 subchondral bone plate Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000004203 sublingual gland cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940014800 succinic anhydride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001797 sucrose acetate isobutyrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010983 sucrose acetate isobutyrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- UVGUPMLLGBCFEJ-SWTLDUCYSA-N sucrose acetate isobutyrate Chemical compound CC(C)C(=O)O[C@H]1[C@H](OC(=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](COC(=O)C(C)C)O[C@@]1(COC(C)=O)O[C@@H]1[C@H](OC(=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](OC(=O)C(C)C)[C@H](OC(=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O1 UVGUPMLLGBCFEJ-SWTLDUCYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950005175 sudoxicam Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GGCSSNBKKAUURC-UHFFFAOYSA-N sufentanil Chemical group C1CN(CCC=2SC=CC=2)CCC1(COC)N(C(=O)CC)C1=CC=CC=C1 GGCSSNBKKAUURC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000153 supplemental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004114 suspension culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000004595 synovitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009897 systematic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005126 tapentadol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KWTWDQCKEHXFFR-SMDDNHRTSA-N tapentadol Chemical compound CN(C)C[C@H](C)[C@@H](CC)C1=CC=CC(O)=C1 KWTWDQCKEHXFFR-SMDDNHRTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002180 tetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930101283 tetracycline Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019818 tetrasodium diphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001577 tetrasodium phosphonato phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000341 threoninyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 229940104230 thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002175 thyroglobulin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001685 thyroid gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003371 toe Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960001017 tolmetin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UPSPUYADGBWSHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N tolmetin Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(CC(O)=O)N1C UPSPUYADGBWSHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012549 training Methods 0.000 description 1
- LLPOLZWFYMWNKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-dihydrocodeinone Natural products C1C(N(CCC234)C)C2CCC(=O)C3OC2=C4C1=CC=C2OC LLPOLZWFYMWNKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000014621 translational initiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000472 traumatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- 239000003029 tricyclic antidepressant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 101150025395 trkA gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150113435 trkA1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002753 trypsin inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005751 tumor progression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000012991 uterine carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010200 validation analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000707 wrist Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002424 x-ray crystallography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003742 xyloses Chemical class 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
- C07K16/22—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against growth factors ; against growth regulators
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K2039/545—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies characterised by the dose, timing or administration schedule
Definitions
- the present invention relates to the treatment of cancer pain with tanezumab, an anti-nerve growth factor (NGF) antibody.
- NGF anti-nerve growth factor
- the skeleton is the third most common target of metastatic cancer and can be one of the earliest sites affected (Schulman KL, Kohle J. Cancer 2007; 109(11):2334-42).
- Cancers of the breast and prostate are particularly likely to spread to bone; about 70% of patients who die from these diseases have evidence of skeletal involvement at autopsy.
- Carcinomas of the thyroid, kidney, and bronchus also often cause bone metastasis with a post-mortem incidence of 30% to 40%, but, by contrast, tumors of the gastrointestinal tract do so rarely, affecting only about 5% of patients dying from these malignancies. Given the high prevalence of carcinomas of the breast, prostate, and lung, it is estimated that these cancers probably account for more than 80% of cases of metastatic bone disease (Rubens RD. European Journal of Cancer 1998; 34(2):210- 13).
- metastatic bone cancer is a chronic condition, with survival from the time of diagnosis varying significantly among the various tumor types.
- median survival time from diagnosis is measurable in years.
- advanced lung cancer it is usually measured in months (Upton A, Berenson JR, Body JJ, et al. Clin Cancer Res 2006; 12(20 Suppl) 6209s- 12s).
- Pain associated with cancer is a substantial problem that negatively impacts patients’ quality of life, especially as emerging therapies directed against the underlying cancer have begun to prolong patient survival. While pain can result from a number of causes, bone metastasis is the most common cause of cancer pain, occurring in 60 to 84% of patients (Langford DJ, Tripathy D, Paul SM, et al. Journal of Pain 2011 ; 12(4):495-507; Mercadante S. Pain 1997; 69:1-18). More than 70% of patients with bone metastasis report moderate to severe pain that has a significant impact on their functional status and quality of life (Langford DJ, Tripathy D, Paul SM, et al. Journal of Pain 2011 ; Yau V, Chow E, Davis L, et al. J Pain Symptom Management 2004; 27(1 ):1 -3. 17; Rustoen T, Mourn T, Padilla G, et al. J Pain Symptom Management 2005 30(3):234-42).
- Treatment of bone metastasis is primarily palliative, in order to relieve pain, prevent development of pathological fractures and improve mobility and function (Coluzzi F, Mandatori I, Mattia C. Expert Opin. Emerging Drugs 2011 ; 16(3)441-58; Houston SJ, Rubens RD. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1995; 312:539-42).
- Conventional treatment uses a multidisciplinary approach including local radiotherapy to the painful area along with systemic treatment (hormone therapy or chemotherapy or radioisotopes) and supportive care such as analgesic therapy, corticosteroids and bisphosphonates (Mercadante F, Fulfaro F. Curr Opin Oncol 2007; 19:308-14. 21 ; Goldberg G, Morrison R.
- NSAIDs non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
- COX-2 inhibitors could affect bone health by inhibiting COX enzymes which reduce synthesis of prostaglandins (Coluzzi F, Mandatori I, Mattia C. Expert Opin. Emerging Drugs 2011; 16(3)441-58).
- opioids may impair bone metabolism and chronic opioid users have an increased risk of fractures (Coluzzi F, Mandatori I, Mattia C. Expert Opin. Emerging Drugs 2011 ; 16(3)441-58; Buckeridge D, Fluang A, Hanley J, et al. J Am Geriatr Soc 2010; 58:1664-70).
- opioids may have a possible role in tumor progression (Lennon FE, Moss J, Singleton PA. Anesthesiology 2012; 116(4):940-45).
- Pain 1995; 63:65-76 suggested that 76% of patients could achieve good pain relief using the principles of the ladder, a further 12% achieved satisfactory efficacy and 12% had inadequate efficacy. Unfortunately, subsequent studies suggest that these results are not achieved in clinical practice and that much cancer pain continues to be poorly controlled (Forbes K. Clinical Oncology 2011 ; 23:379-80).
- Tanezumab is an anti-NGF antibody that binds to and inhibits the actions of nerve growth factor (NGF).
- the Nerve Growth Factor Inhibitor (NGFI) class may offer an important breakthrough in the treatment of chronic pain and has undergone clinical investigation for the treatment of pain associated with osteoarthritis or other chronic pain conditions.
- the invention disclosed herein is directed to treatment of cancer pain predominantly due to bone metastases in patients receiving background opioid therapy.
- the invention provides a method of treating cancer pain in a patient in need thereof, the method comprising administering 20 mg of tanezumab subcutaneously to the patient, wherein the patient has moderate to severe cancer pain predominantly due to bone metastasis, cancer originated in bone, or multiple myeloma, and wherein the patient has had inadequate pain relief with opioid analgesics.
- the patient has: i. an average Pain Score of at least 5 for the index cancer pain site; ii. a Patient's Global Assessment of Cancer Pain of "fair”, “poor” or “very poor”; iii. an Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) Performance Status Score of 0, 1, or 2; and iv. no joint safety event selected from: 1) rapidly progressive osteoarthritis (type 1 or type 2), 2) atrophic or hypotrophic osteoarthritis, 3) subchondral insufficiency fracture, 4) spontaneous osteonecrosis of the knee (SPONK), 5) osteonecrosis, or 6) pathologic fracture.
- ECOG Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group
- Clinical benefit of the treatment according to the invention effectively reduces pain at the index cancer pain site.
- tanezumab is administered every eight weeks. In some embodiments, tanezumab is administered for at least two or more doses at eight weekly intervals. In some embodiments, tanezumab is administered to the patient for at least 8, 16, 24, 32, 40 or 48 weeks.
- the treatment effectively reduces average pain intensity at the index cancer pain site; effectively reduces worst pain intensity at the index cancer pain site; and/or effectively reduces patient global assessment of cancer pain at the index cancer pain site.
- the treatment effectively reduces pain at the index cancer pain site at at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 week(s) after start of treatment. In some embodiments, the treatment effectively reduces pain at the index cancer pain site at weeks 2, 4, and 6, in addition to week 8 after start of treatment. In some embodiments, the treatment effectively reduces pain at the index cancer pain site at at least 16, 24, 32, 40, 48 or 56 weeks after start of treatment.
- the treatment effectively improves pain at the index cancer pain site compared to a baseline value prior to or at start of treatment.
- the patient requires background opioid therapy and/or may require opioid medication.
- the patient may require daily opioid medication.
- the treatment results in reduced opioid use which may be reduced average opioid consumption, and in some embodiments reduced average daily opioid consumption.
- the treatment improves cancer pain measures compared to treatment with an opioid analgesic.
- the treatment improves cancer pain measures compared to treatment with morphine.
- the treatment effectively improves the cancer pain for at least 24 weeks, 32 weeks, 40 weeks, 48 weeks, or 56 weeks after start of treatment.
- the treatment provides 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35% of patients with at least 30%, 50%, 70% or 90% improvement in cancer pain. In some embodiments, the treatment provides at least 20% of patients with at least 50% improvement in cancer pain at week 8 after start of treatment.
- the patient has a history of inadequate pain relief from or intolerance to prior therapy including analgesic therapy.
- the prior therapy can comprise at least agents used for treatment of cancer pain. These agents can include acetaminophen/low-dose NSAIDs; prescription NSAIDs; opioids; tapentadol; tricyclic antidepressants; benzodiazepines or skeletal muscle relaxants; lidocaine patch; and/or duloxetine or other serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors.
- the patient was previously treated with the analgesic therapy prior to administering tanezumab. In some embodiments the patient continues to receive analgesic therapy during treatment with tanezumab.
- the analgesic therapy may be the same as the analgesic therapy prior to administering tanezumab.
- the patient has a history of treatment with at least one, at least two, at least three, at least four or at least five prior therapies.
- the prior therapies may be from the same or different class of agent for treatment of cancer pain.
- the patient experiences some benefit from the analgesic therapy, but still requires additional pain relief.
- cancer pain may be determined by an average pain score of at least 5 for the index cancer pain site; a baseline Patient’s Global Assessment of cancer pain of “fair”, “poor” or “very poor”; or an Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) performance status score of 0, 1 or 2.
- the analgesic therapy comprises the administration of an opioid to the patient. In some embodiments the analgesic therapy comprises the administration of morphine to the patient.
- the treatment averts opioid addiction in the patient. In some embodiments, the treatment avoids administration of an opioid and averts opioid addiction.
- the patient has a history of addiction to analgesics. In some embodiments, the patient has a history of addiction to opioids. In some embodiments, the patient has a history of addiction to morphine or tramadol.
- the analgesic may be selected from opioids, NSAIDs, acetaminophen.
- the NSAID is selected from ibuprofen, naproxen, naprosyn, diclofenac, ketoprofen, tolmetin, slindac, mefenamic acid, meclofenamic acid, diflunisal, flufenisal, piroxim, sudoxicam, isoxicam; a COX-2 inhibitor selected from celecoxib, rofecoxib, DUP-697, flosulide, meloxicam, 6-methoxy-2 naphthylacetic acid, MK-966, nabumetone, nimesulide, NS-398, SC-5766, SC-58215, T-614; or combinations thereof.
- the opioid may be any compound exhibiting morphine like biological activity.
- the opioid analgesic is selected from: tramadol, morphine, codeine, dihydrocodeine, diacetylmorphine, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, levorphanol, oxymorphone, alfentanil, buprenorphine, butorphanol, fentanyl, sufentanyl, meperidine, methadone, nalbuphine, propoxyphene and pentazocine; or combinations thereof.
- the patient is not administered an NSAID during the treatment with tanezumab. In some embodiments, the patient is not administered concomitant NSAID during the treatment with tanezumab. In some embodiments the patient is not administered an NSAID for any more than 10 days in an eight-week treatment interval. In some embodiments, the patient is not administered an NSAID for 16 weeks after the last dose of tanezumab.
- the patient is not administered a placebo which may be an oral placebo.
- the patient has moderate to severe cancer pain which may be predominantly due to bone metastasis.
- the patient has an average pain score of greater than 5 at the index cancer site. In some embodiments, the patient has an average pain score of about 6 at the index cancer pain site. In some embodiments, the patient has an average pain score of about 7 at the index cancer pain site.
- the patient has an average pain score of greater than 5 at the index cancer pain site and/or has a total weekly opioid use of less than 150, 125, 100, or 75 morphine equivalents. In some embodiments, the patient has a total weekly opioid use of less than or equal to 100 morphine equivalents. In some embodiments, the patient has a total weekly opioid use of less than or equal to 99, 98, 97, 96, 95 mg of morphine equivalence. In some embodiments, the patient has a total weekly opioid use of less than or equal to 70, 65, 60, 55 or 50 morphine equivalents. In some embodiments, the patient has a total weekly opioid use of less than or equal to 60.5 morphine equivalents.
- the patient has had cancer pain for at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, at least 6, at least 7, at least 8, at least 9, at least 10, at least 11 or at least 12 months prior to treatment with tanezumab. In one embodiment, the patient has had cancer pain for at least 3 months. In some embodiments, the patent has had cancer pain for at least 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48 or 56 months prior to treatment with tanezumab.
- the cancer pain is from cancer originated in bone. In some embodiments, the cancer pain is from osteosarcoma. In some embodiments, the cancer pain is from cancer metastasized to bone (i.e., bone metastasis). In some embodiments, the bone metastasis is prostate cancer metastasized to bone. In some embodiments, the bone metastasis is breast cancer metastasized to bone. In some embodiments, the bone metastasis is lung cancer metastasized to bone. In some embodiments, the bone metastasis is sarcoma metastasized to bone. In some embodiments, the bone metastasis is kidney cancer metastasized to bone. In some embodiments, the bone metastasis is multiple myeloma metastasized to bone.
- the cancer pain is from cancer other than breast cancer, prostate cancer or lung cancer metastasized to bone.
- the tumor is less aggressive as assessed by ECOG Performance Status Score prior to or at start of treatment.
- the ECOG Performance Status Score is less than or equal to 1 prior to or at start of treatment.
- the patient does not receive concomitant anti-cancer therapy.
- tanezumab is administered for at least two, three, four, five, six or more doses at eight weekly intervals. In some embodiments, tanezumab is administered to the patient for at least 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56, 56, 72, 80, 88 or 96 weeks. In some embodiments, tanezumab is administered to the patient for at least 16 weeks. In some embodiments tanezumab is administered to the patient for at least 24 weeks. In some embodiments tanezumab is administered to the patient for at least 48 weeks.
- the patient prior to treatment with tanezumab does not have osteoarthritis and/or pain associated with osteoarthritis.
- the patient prior to treatment with tanezumab has no or possible radiographic evidence of hip osteoarthritis (Kellgren Lawrence Grade ⁇ 1) and/or does not meet the American College of Rheumatology (ACR) clinical and radiographic criteria; and/or does not have pain associated with hip osteoarthritis.
- ACR American College of Rheumatology
- the patient prior to treating with tanezumab has no symptoms and radiographic evidence of osteoarthritis of the shoulder.
- the patient is subjected to radiographic assessment of the knee, hip and/or shoulder prior to starting treatment with tanezumab. In some embodiments, if radiographic assessment identified rapidly progressive osteoarthritis of the joint, the patient is excluded from the treatment.
- the method further comprises conducting a radiographic assessment of the knee, hip and/or shoulder at regular intervals during treatment.
- a patient may be excluded from treatment, before or during treatment, if the patient has been diagnosed as having osteoarthritis of the knee or hip as defined by the American College of Rheumatology (ACR) clinical and radiographic criteria; having Kellgren-Lawrence Grade >2 radiographic evidence of hip osteoarthritis; and/or having Kellgren-Lawrence Grade >3 radiographic assessment of knee osteoarthritis and/or having symptoms and radiographic evidence of osteoarthritis of the shoulder.
- ACR American College of Rheumatology
- a patient may be excluded from treatment, before or during treatment, if there is radiographic evidence of any of the following conditions as determined by the central radiology reviewer and as defined in an imaging atlas at screening: 1) rapidly progressive osteoarthritis, 2) atrophic or hypotrophic osteoarthritis, 3) subchondral insufficiency fractures, 4) spontaneous osteonecrosis of the knee (SPONK), 5) osteonecrosis, or 6) pathologic fracture.
- SPONK spontaneous osteonecrosis of the knee
- a patient may be excluded from treatment, before or during treatment, if there is radiographic evidence of any of the following conditions in any screening radiograph as determined by a central radiology reviewer and as defined in an imaging atlas: excessive malalignment of the knee, severe chondrocalcinosis; other arthropathies (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis), systemic metabolic bone disease (e.g., pseudogout, Paget’s disease; metastatic calcifications), large cystic lesions, stress or traumatic fracture.
- excessive malalignment of the knee severe chondrocalcinosis
- other arthropathies e.g., rheumatoid arthritis
- systemic metabolic bone disease e.g., pseudogout, Paget’s disease
- metastatic calcifications e.g., metastatic calcifications
- patients not having satisfactory clinical response after receiving two doses do not receive further doses.
- the method further comprises administering an effective amount of a second therapeutic agent.
- tanezumab may be administered in conjunction with other therapies for bone cancer, such as radiation, and chemotherapy. Tanezumab may also be administered in conjunction with other analgesics used for cancer pain. The amount of these analgesics administered for cancer pain alleviation may be reduced, comparing to the amount administered in the absence of tanezumab. Adverse effects due to these analgesics may be reduced or eliminated when they are co-administered with tanezumab.
- the patient prior to treatment with tanezumab, has one or more of a) cancer pain from cancer other than from breast cancer, prostate cancer or lung cancer metastasized to bone; b) an average pain score of about 6 at the index cancer pain site; c) a total weekly median opioid use of less than about 100 morphine equivalents; d) a tumor that is less aggressive as assessed by ECOG Performance Status Score; and e) no concomitant anti-cancer therapy.
- the patient has two or more, three or more, four or more, or all of these characteristics.
- the patient has a tumor that is less aggressive having a ECOG Performance Status Score of less than or equal to 1. In some embodiments, the patient does not have a tumor having a ECOG Performance Status Score of 2 or more. An ECOG Performance Status Score of 2 or more is indiciative of a more aggressive tumor.
- tanezumab for use in a method of treating cancer pain as described herein. Also provided is the use of tanezumab in the manufacture of a medicament for use in a method for treating cancer pain as described herein.
- such embodiments are also further embodiments of tanezumab for use in that treatment, or alternatively of the use of tanezumab in the manufacture of a medicament for use in that treatment.
- Figure 1 is a study outline for the study described in Example 1.
- Figure 2 shows the change from baseline for daily average pain intensity at the index cancer pain site up to week 8.
- Figure 3 shows the change from baseline for daily average pain intensity at the index cancer pain site up to week 24.
- Figure 4 shows the change in average daily pain intensity at the index cancer pain site up to week 8.
- Figure 5 shows the change from baseline for daily average pain intensity at the index cancer pain site up to day 7.
- Figure 6 shows response rates for daily average pain intensity at index cancer pain site at week 8.
- Figure 7 shows >50% response rates over time in daily average pain intensity at index cancer pain site.
- Figure 8 shows change from baseline for daily worst pain intensity at the index cancer pain site up to week 24.
- Figure 9 shows average daily pain at index cancer pain site change from baseline to week 8 by primary cancer.
- Figure 10 shows average daily pain at index cancer pain site change from baseline to week 8 by geographical region.
- Figure 11 shows average daily pain at index cancer pain site change from baseline to week 8 by median pain score at baseline (score of 6).
- Figure 12 shows average daily pain at index cancer pain site change from baseline to week 8 by median opioid use at baseline (96 mg morphine equivalence).
- Figure 13 shows average daily pain at index cancer pain site change from baseline to week 8 by tumor aggressiveness.
- Figure 14 shows average daily pain at index cancer pain site change from baseline to week 8 by concomitant anticancer therapy.
- the invention disclosed herein is directed to treatment of cancer pain predominantly due to bone metastases in patients receiving background opioid therapy.
- the invention provides a method of treating cancer pain in a patient in need thereof, the method comprising administering 20 mg of tanezumab subcutaneously to the patient, wherein the patient has moderate to severe cancer pain predominantly due to bone metastasis, cancer originated in bone, or multiple myeloma, and wherein the patient has had inadequate pain relief with opioid analgesics.
- the patient has: i. an average Pain Score of at least 5 for the index cancer pain site; ii. a Patient's Global Assessment of Cancer Pain of "fair”, “poor” or “very poor”; iii. an Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) Performance Status Score of 0, 1, or 2; and iv. no joint safety event selected from: 1) rapidly progressive osteoarthritis (type 1 or type 2), 2) atrophic or hypotrophic osteoarthritis, 3) subchondral insufficiency fracture, 4) spontaneous osteonecrosis of the knee (SPONK), 5) osteonecrosis, or 6) pathologic fracture.
- ECOG Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group
- an “antibody” is an immunoglobulin molecule capable of specific binding to a target, such as a carbohydrate, polynucleotide, lipid, polypeptide, etc., through at least one antigen recognition site, located in the variable region of the immunoglobulin molecule.
- a target such as a carbohydrate, polynucleotide, lipid, polypeptide, etc.
- the term encompasses not only intact polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies, but also, unless otherwise specified, any antigen binding portion thereof that competes with the intact antibody for specific binding, fusion proteins comprising an antigen binding portion, and any other modified configuration of the immunoglobulin molecule that comprises an antigen recognition site.
- Antigen binding portions include, for example, Fab, Fab’, F(ab , Fd, Fv, domain antibodies (dAbs, e.g., shark and camelid antibodies), fragments including complementarity determining regions (CDRs), single chain variable fragment antibodies (scFv), maxibodies, minibodies, intrabodies, diabodies, triabodies, tetrabodies, v-NAR and bis-scFv, and polypeptides that contain at least a portion of an immunoglobulin that is sufficient to confer specific antigen binding to the polypeptide.
- An antibody includes an antibody of any class, such as IgG, IgA, or IgM (or sub-class thereof), and the antibody need not be of any particular class.
- immunoglobulins can be assigned to different classes. There are five major classes of immunoglobulins: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, and several of these may be further divided into subclasses (isotypes), e.g., IgGi, lgG2, lgG3, lgG4, IgAi and lgA2.
- the heavy- chain constant regions that correspond to the different classes of immunoglobulins are called alpha, delta, epsilon, gamma, and mu, respectively.
- the subunit structures and three-dimensional configurations of different classes of immunoglobulins are well known.
- variable region of an antibody refers to the variable region of the antibody light chain or the variable region of the antibody heavy chain, either alone or in combination.
- variable regions of the heavy and light chains each consist of four framework regions (FRs) connected by three complementarity determining regions (CDRs) also known as hypervariable regions, and contribute to the formation of the antigen binding site of antibodies.
- FRs framework regions
- CDRs complementarity determining regions
- variants of a subject variable region are desired, particularly with substitution in amino acid residues outside of a CDR region (i.e., in the framework region), appropriate amino acid substitution, preferably, conservative amino acid substitution, can be identified by comparing the subject variable region to the variable regions of other antibodies which contain CDR1 and CDR2 sequences in the same canonical class as the subject variable region (Chothia and Lesk, J Mol Biol 196(4): 901-917, 1987).
- definitive delineation of a CDR and identification of residues comprising the binding site of an antibody is accomplished by solving the structure of the antibody and/or solving the structure of the antibody-ligand complex. In certain embodiments, that can be accomplished by any of a variety of techniques known to those skilled in the art, such as X-ray crystallography. In certain embodiments, various methods of analysis can be employed to identify or approximate the CDR regions. In certain embodiments, various methods of analysis can be employed to identify or approximate the CDR regions. Examples of such methods include, but are not limited to, the Kabat definition, the Chothia definition, the AbM definition, the contact definition, and the conformational definition.
- the Kabat definition is a standard for numbering the residues in an antibody and is typically used to identify CDR regions. See, e.g., Johnson & Wu, 2000, Nucleic Acids Res., 28: 214-8.
- the Chothia definition is similar to the Kabat definition, but the Chothia definition takes into account positions of certain structural loop regions. See, e.g., Chothia et al., 1986, J. Mol. Biol., 196: 901-17; Chothia et al., 1989, Nature, 342: 877-83.
- the AbM definition uses an integrated suite of computer programs produced by Oxford Molecular Group that model antibody structure.
- the AbM definition models the tertiary structure of an antibody from primary sequence using a combination of knowledge databases and ab initio methods, such as those described by Samudrala et al., 1999, “Ab Initio Protein Structure Prediction Using a Combined Hierarchical Approach,” in PROTEINS, Structure, Function and Genetics Suppl., 3:194-198.
- the contact definition is based on an analysis of the available complex crystal structures.
- CDRs In another approach, referred to herein as the “conformational definition” of CDRs, the positions of the CDRs may be identified as the residues that make enthalpic contributions to antigen binding. See, e.g., Makabe et al., 2008, Journal of Biological Chemistry, 283:1156-1166. Still other CDR boundary definitions may not strictly follow one of the above approaches, but will nonetheless overlap with at least a portion of the Kabat CDRs, although they may be shortened or lengthened in light of prediction or experimental findings that particular residues or groups of residues do not significantly impact antigen binding.
- a CDR may refer to CDRs defined by any approach known in the art, including combinations of approaches.
- the methods used herein may utilize CDRs defined according to any of these approaches.
- the CDRs may be defined in accordance with any of Kabat, Chothia, extended, AbM, contact, and/or conformational definitions.
- a “constant region” of an antibody refers to the constant region of the antibody light chain or the constant region of the antibody heavy chain, either alone or in combination.
- monoclonal antibody refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally-occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts. Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single antigenic site. Furthermore, in contrast to polyclonal antibody preparations, which typically include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody is directed against a single determinant on the antigen.
- the modifier "monoclonal” indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method.
- the monoclonal antibodies to be used in accordance with the present invention may be made by the hybridoma method first described by Kohler and Milstein, 1975, Nature 256:495, or may be made by recombinant DNA methods such as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567.
- the monoclonal antibodies may also be isolated from phage libraries generated using the techniques described in McCaffertyetal., 1990, Nature 348:552-554, for example.
- humanized antibody refers to forms of non-human (e.g. murine) antibodies that are chimeric immunoglobulins, immunoglobulin chains, or fragments thereof (such as Fv, Fab, Fab', F(ab')2 or other antigen-binding subsequences of antibodies) that contain minimal sequence derived from non-human immunoglobulin.
- humanized antibodies are human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from a CDR of the recipient are replaced by residues from a CDR of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat, or rabbit having the desired specificity, affinity, and capacity.
- the humanized antibody may comprise residues that are found neither in the recipient antibody nor in the imported CDR or framework sequences, but are included to further refine and optimize antibody performance.
- Fv framework region (FR) residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues.
- the humanized antibody may include residues that are found neither in the recipient antibody nor in the imported CDR or framework sequences, but are included to further refine and optimize antibody performance.
- the humanized antibody will include substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence.
- the humanized antibody optimally also will include at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region or domain (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin.
- the antibodies have Fc regions modified as described in PCT International Publication No. WO 99/58572.
- Other forms of humanized antibodies have one or more CDRs (CDR L1, CDR L2, CDR L3, CDR H 1 , CDR H2, or CDR H3) which may be altered with respect to the original antibody, which are also termed one or more CDRs “derived from” one or more CDRs from the original antibody.
- humanized antibodies may include residues that are not found in the recipient antibody or in the donor antibody. These modifications are made to further refine antibody performance (e.g., to obtain desired affinity).
- the humanized antibody will include substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the hypervariable regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the framework regions are those of a human immunoglobulin sequence.
- the humanized antibody optionally also will include at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin.
- Fc immunoglobulin constant region
- Such “humanized” antibodies may include antibodies wherein substantially less than an intact human variable domain has been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non human species.
- humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some CDR residues and possibly some framework residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies.
- a “human antibody” is one which possesses an amino acid sequence which corresponds to that of an antibody produced by a human and/or has been made using any of the techniques for making human antibodies as disclosed herein. This definition of a human antibody specifically excludes a humanized antibody comprising non-human antigen binding residues.
- chimeric antibody is intended to refer to antibodies in which the variable region sequences are derived from one species and the constant region sequences are derived from another species, such as an antibody in which the variable region sequences are derived from a mouse antibody and the constant region sequences are derived from a human antibody.
- Tanezumab is a humanized immunoglobulin G Type 2 (lgG2) monoclonal antibody directed against human nerve growth factor (NGF). Tanezumab binds to human NGF with high affinity and specificity, and blocks the activity of NGF effectively in cell culture models. Tanezumab and/or its murine precursor have been shown to be an effective analgesic in animal models of pathological pain including arthritis, cancer pain, and post-surgical pain. Tanezumab has the sequences for the variable heavy chain region and variable light chain region of SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2, respectively. The heavy chain and light chain sequences are provided in SEQ ID NO: 9 and 10, or SEQ ID NOs: 11 and 10.
- the C-terminal lysine (K) of the heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9 is optional and may be processed, resulting in a heavy chain amino acid sequence lacking the C-terminal lysine (K) and having the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 11. Sequences of tanezumab are provided in Table 1 below. Tanezumab is described, as antibody E3, in W02004058184, herein incorporated by reference.
- polynucleotide or “nucleic acid,” as used interchangeably herein, refer to chains of nucleotides of any length, and include DNA and RNA.
- the nucleotides can be deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, modified nucleotides or bases, and/or their analogs, or any substrate that can be incorporated into a chain by DNA or RNA polymerase.
- a polynucleotide may comprise modified nucleotides, such as methylated nucleotides and their analogs. If present, modification to the nucleotide structure may be imparted before or after assembly of the chain.
- the sequence of nucleotides may be interrupted by non-nucleotide components.
- a polynucleotide may be further modified after polymerization, such as by conjugation with a labeling component.
- Other types of modifications include, for example, “caps”, substitution of one or more of the naturally occurring nucleotides with an analog, internucleotide modifications such as, for example, those with uncharged linkages (e.g., methyl phosphonates, phosphotriesters, phosphoamidates, carbamates, etc.) and with charged linkages (e.g., phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, etc.), those containing pendant moieties, such as, for example, proteins (e.g., nucleases, toxins, antibodies, signal peptides, poly-L- lysine, etc.), those with intercalators (e.g., acridine, psoralen, etc.), those containing chelators (e.g.,
- any of the hydroxyl groups ordinarily present in the sugars may be replaced, for example, by phosphonate groups, phosphate groups, protected by standard protecting groups, or activated to prepare additional linkages to additional nucleotides, or may be conjugated to solid supports.
- the 5’ and 3’ terminal OH can be phosphorylated or substituted with amines or organic capping group moieties of from 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
- Other hydroxyls may also be derivatized to standard protecting groups.
- Polynucleotides can also contain analogous forms of ribose or deoxyribose sugars that are generally known in the art, including, for example, 2’-0-methyl-, 2’-0-allyl, 2’-fluoro- or 2’-azido-ribose, carbocyclic sugar analogs, alpha- or beta-anomeric sugars, epimeric sugars such as arabinose, xyloses or lyxoses, pyranose sugars, furanose sugars, sedoheptuloses, acyclic analogs and abasic nucleoside analogs such as methyl riboside.
- One or more phosphodiester linkages may be replaced by alternative linking groups.
- linking groups include, but are not limited to, embodiments wherein phosphate is replaced by P(0)S(“thioate”), P(S)S (“dithioate”), (0)NR 2 (“amidate”), P(0)R, P(0)OR’, CO or CH2 (“formacetal”), in which each R or R’ is independently H or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (1-20 C) optionally containing an ether (-0-) linkage, aryl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or araldyl. Not all linkages in a polynucleotide need be identical. The preceding description applies to all polynucleotides referred to herein, including RNA and DNA.
- An antibody that “preferentially binds” or “specifically binds” (used interchangeably herein) to an epitope is a term well understood in the art, and methods to determine such specific or preferential binding are also well known in the art.
- a molecule is said to exhibit “specific binding” or “preferential binding” if it reacts or associates more frequently, more rapidly, with greater duration and/or with greater affinity with a particular cell or substance than it does with alternative cells or substances.
- an antibody that specifically or preferentially binds to a target (e.g., PD-1) epitope is an antibody that binds this epitope with greater affinity, avidity, more readily, and/or with greater duration than it binds to other target epitopes or non-target epitopes. It is also understood by reading this definition that, for example, an antibody (or moiety or epitope) that specifically or preferentially binds to a first target mayor may not specifically or preferentially bind to a second target. As such, “specific binding” or “preferential binding” does not necessarily require (although it can include) exclusive binding. Generally, but not necessarily, reference to binding means preferential binding.
- substantially pure refers to material which is at least 50% pure (i.e., free from contaminants), more preferably, at least 90% pure, more preferably, at least 95% pure, yet more preferably, at least 98% pure, and most preferably, at least 99% pure.
- a “host cell” includes an individual cell or cell culture that can be or has been a recipient for vector(s) for incorporation of polynucleotide inserts.
- Host cells include progeny of a single host cell, and the progeny may not necessarily be completely identical (in morphology or in genomic DNA complement) to the original parent cell due to natural, accidental, or deliberate mutation.
- a host cell includes cells transfected in vivo with a polynucleotide(s) of this invention.
- the term "Fc region” is used to define a C-terminal region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain.
- the "Fc region” may be a native sequence Fc region or a variant Fc region.
- the human IgG heavy chain Fc region is usually defined to stretch from an amino acid residue at position Cys226, or from Pro230, to the carboxyl-terminus thereof.
- the numbering of the residues in the Fc region is that of the EU index as in Kabat. Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1991.
- the Fc region of an immunoglobulin generally comprises two constant domains, CH2 and CH3. As is known in the art, an Fc region can be present in dimer or monomeric form.
- Fc receptor and “FcR” describe a receptor that binds to the Fc region of an antibody.
- the preferred FcR is a native sequence human FcR.
- a preferred FcR is one which binds an IgG antibody (a gamma receptor) and includes receptors of the FcyRI, FcyRII, and FcyRIII subclasses, including allelic variants and alternatively spliced forms of these receptors.
- FcyRII receptors include FcyRIIA (an "activating receptor") and FcyRIIB (an “inhibiting receptor”), which have similar amino acid sequences that differ primarily in the cytoplasmic domains thereof.
- FcRs are reviewed in Ravetch and Kinet, 1991, Ann. Rev. Immunol., 9:457-92; Capel et al., 1994, Immunomethods, 4:25-34; and de Flaas et al., 1995, J. Lab. Clin. Med., 126:330-41.
- FcR also includes the neonatal receptor, FcRn, which is responsible for the transfer of maternal IgGs to the fetus (Guyeret al., 1976, J. Immunol., 117:587; and Kim et al., 1994, J. Immunol., 24:249).
- the term “compete”, as used herein with regard to an antibody means that a first antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, binds to an epitope in a manner sufficiently similar to the binding of a second antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, such that the result of binding of the first antibody with its cognate epitope is detectably decreased in the presence of the second antibody compared to the binding of the first antibody in the absence of the second antibody.
- the alternative, where the binding of the second antibody to its epitope is also detectably decreased in the presence of the first antibody can, but need not be the case. That is, a first antibody can inhibit the binding of a second antibody to its epitope without that second antibody inhibiting the binding of the first antibody to its respective epitope.
- each antibody detectably inhibits the binding of the other antibody with its cognate epitope or ligand, whether to the same, greater, or lesser extent, the antibodies are said to “cross-corn pete” with each other for binding of their respective epitope(s).
- Both competing and cross- competing antibodies are encompassed by the present invention. Regardless of the mechanism by which such competition or cross-competition occurs (e.g., steric hindrance, conformational change, or binding to a common epitope, or portion thereof), the skilled artisan would appreciate, based upon the teachings provided herein, that such competing and/or cross-competing antibodies are encompassed and can be useful for the methods disclosed herein.
- a “functional Fc region” possesses at least one effector function of a native sequence Fc region.
- exemplary “effector functions” include C1q binding; complement dependent cytotoxicity; Fc receptor binding; antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity; phagocytosis; down-regulation of cell surface receptors (e.g. B cell receptor), etc.
- Such effectorfunctions generally require the Fc region to be combined with a binding domain (e.g. an antibody variable domain) and can be assessed using various assays known in the art for evaluating such antibody effector functions.
- a “native sequence Fc region” comprises an amino acid sequence identical to the amino acid sequence of an Fc region found in nature.
- a “variant Fc region” comprises an amino acid sequence which differs from that of a native sequence Fc region by virtue of at least one amino acid modification, yet retains at least one effectorfunction of the native sequence Fc region.
- the variant Fc region has at least one amino acid substitution compared to a native sequence Fc region or to the Fc region of a parent polypeptide, e.g. from about one to about ten amino acid substitutions, and preferably, from about one to about five amino acid substitutions in a native sequence Fc region or in the Fc region of the parent polypeptide.
- the variant Fc region herein will preferably possess at least about 80% sequence identity with a native sequence Fc region and/or with an Fc region of a parent polypeptide, and most preferably, at least about 90% sequence identity therewith, more preferably, at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, at least about 99% sequence identity therewith.
- treatment is an approach for obtaining beneficial or desired clinical results.
- beneficial or desired clinical results include reduction or improvement in cancer pain, for example as compared to before administration of tanezumab.
- “Ameliorating” means a lessening or improvement of cancer pain, for example as compared to not administering tanezumab as described herein. “Ameliorating” also includes shortening or reduction in duration of a symptom.
- an “effective dosage” or “effective amount” of drug, compound, or pharmaceutical composition is an amount sufficient to effect any one or more beneficial or desired results.
- an effective amount prevents, alleviates or ameliorates cancer pain.
- beneficial or desired results include eliminating or reducing the risk, lessening the severity, or delaying the outset of the disease, including biochemical, histological and/or behavioral symptoms of the disease, its complications and intermediate pathological phenotypes presenting during development of the disease.
- beneficial or desired results include clinical results such as reducing cancer pain, decreasing the dose of other medications required to treat the disease, enhancing the effect of another medication, and/or delaying the progression of the disease in patients.
- An effective dosage can be administered in one or more administrations.
- an effective dosage of drug, compound, or pharmaceutical composition is an amount sufficient to accomplish prophylactic or therapeutic treatment either directly or indirectly.
- an effective dosage of a drug, compound, or pharmaceutical composition may or may not be achieved in conjunction with another drug, compound, or pharmaceutical composition.
- an “effective dosage” may be considered in the context of administering one or more therapeutic agents, and a single agent may be considered to be given in an effective amount if, in conjunction with one or more other agents, a desirable result may be or is achieved.
- the term “inadequate treatment response to prior therapy” refers to a patient who has experienced an adverse event after treatment with the prior therapy; who is refractory to treatment with the prior therapy; who shows no clinically meaningful improvement in one or more measures of cancer pain with prior therapy; who experiences some benefit from prior therapy but still requires additional pain relief; who is addicted to the prior therapy (including analgesics such as opioids); and/or who is unwilling to take the prior therapy.
- the patient has a history of inadequate pain relief from or intolerance to prior therapy, which may comprise at least three different classes of analgesics.
- the difference between the clinical measure at baseline and during/after treatment is compared and used to determine whether the cancer pain has improved, and the treatment is effective.
- This comparison can include comparison to placebo or to one or more of the prior therapies.
- the comparison can be to placebo or to treatment with an opioid analgesic, such as morphine or tramadol; or a NSAID, such as celecoxib.
- the clinical measure can be average daily pain intensity.
- the average daily pain intensity measure can be determined for the patient at baseline and then determined throughout the treatment period, such as at weeks 2, 4, 6, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56, or longer.
- the worst daily pain intensity can also be determined in this manner.
- the Patient Global Assessment (PGA) of cancer pain measure can also be determined in this manner.
- the treatment provides 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35% of patients with at least 30%, 50%, 70% or 90% improvement in cancer pain. In some embodiments, the treatment provides at least 20% of patients with at least 50% improvement in cancer pain at week 8 after start of treatment.
- baseline refers to a value of a cancer pain associated measure for a patient prior to administration of tanezumab as part of the treatment method.
- baseline refers to a value of a sign or symptom associated measure for control healthy subjects that do not have cancer pain.
- treatment with tanezumab effectively improves cancer pain at at least 8 weeks after start of treatment with the antibody. In some embodiments, treatment effectively improves cancer pain at at least 10 weeks after start of treatment with the antibody. In some embodiments, treatment effectively improves cancer pain at at least 12 weeks after start of treatment with the antibody. In some embodiments, treatment effectively improves cancer pain at at least 14 weeks after start of treatment with the antibody. In some embodiments, treatment effectively improves cancer pain at at least 16 weeks after start of treatment with the antibody. In some embodiments, treatment effectively improves cancer pain at at least 24 weeks after start of treatment with the antibody. In some embodiments, treatment effectively improves cancer pain at at least 32 weeks after start of treatment with the antibody. In some embodiments, treatment effectively improves cancer pain at at least 40 weeks after start of treatment with the antibody. In some embodiments, treatment effectively improves cancer pain at at least 56 weeks after start of treatment with the antibody.
- the cancer pain is moderate to severe.
- Average pain and worst pain in the index bone metastasis cancer pain site, non index cancer pain sites and average pain in painful major joints can be assessed by the subject at approximately the same time each day (or each week) with an 11 -point Numeric Rating Scale (NRS) ranging from 0 (no pain) to 10 (worst possible pain).
- NRS Numeric Rating Scale
- the subjects should describe their pain in the painful site during the past 24 hours by choosing the appropriate number from 0 to 10.
- index bone metastasis cancer pain site The most painful site of bone metastasis is considered the index bone metastasis cancer pain site (interchangeably referred to as “index cancer pain site”). Subjects record daily pain ratings for the index bone metastasis cancer pain site.
- the Patient Global Assessment (PGA) measure is a global evaluation that utilizes a 5-point Likert scale with a score of 1 being best (very good) and a score of 5 being worst (very poor).
- Functional assessment tools based on performance such as the Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) Performance Status (Oken MM, Creech RH, Tormey DC, et al. Am J Clinical Oncology 1982; 5(6):649-55) are validated and widely used tools in cancer care.
- the ECOG Performance Status instrument is rated on a 5- point scale, with lower scores representing higher functional status.
- Kellgren-Lawrence x-ray grade is a method of classifying the severity of osteoarthritis (Kellgren and Lawrence., Ann Rheum Dis 2000: 16(4): 494-502).
- ACR American College of Rheumatology
- Rapidly progressive osteoarthritis of the hip was first described by Forestier in 1957 and subsequently described in a number of studies as atrophic osteoarthritis, rapidly destructive osteoarthritis, rapidly destructive arthropathy, rapidly progressive hip disease, or rapidly destructive coxarthrosis. Rapidly progressive hip osteoarthritis is characterized by subjects who typically present with hip pain, often severe, with radiographs that show rapid joint space narrowing as a result of chrondrolysis from a prior radiograph and, subsequently, an osteolytic phase with severe progressive atrophic bone destruction involving the femoral head and the acetabulum.
- Radiographic assessments (x-rays) of both knees, both hips and both shoulders can be performed or obtained prior to treatment, at screening.
- Other major joints exhibiting signs or symptoms suggestive of osteoarthritis may also be imaged.
- a major joint is defined as a mobile synovial joint in the limbs such as shoulders, elbows, wrists, hips, knees, ankles and excluding the joints of the toes and hands. Any joint imaged at Screening or other at risk joints identified during the study period should also be imaged.
- a central radiology reader may review the radiology images for assessment of eligibility including determination and identification of exclusionary joint conditions. Radiographs required at screening may be obtained at least two weeks and up to 32 days prior to the beginning of the Baseline Assessment Period (BAP) to permit central radiology review of the images and to establish subject eligibility for initial dosing with tanezumab. In some embodiments, subjects may not be permitted to start dosing with tanezumab until the screening radiographs are reviewed and eligibility is established.
- BAP Baseline Assessment Period
- the X-ray technologists in addition to their professional training and certifications, are trained in performing the radiographic protocols for the knees, hips, and shoulders.
- a semi -automated software and positioning frame standardized subject and joint positioning protocol can be utilized.
- the Core Imaging Laboratory may be responsible for working with the sites to ensure quality, standardization and reproducibility of the radiographic images/assessments made at the Screening and follow-up time-points. Additional details regarding the required X-rays may be provided in a site imaging manual.
- Central radiology readers may be board certified radiologists or have the international equivalent as musculoskeletal radiologists.
- the Central Readers may be governed by an imaging atlas and an imaging Charter which includes a specific description of the scope of their responsibilities.
- Central Readers may review the radiology images at Screening for assessment of eligibility (including determination of Kellgren-Lawrence Grade) and identification of exclusionary joint conditions such as rapidly progressive osteoarthritis, atrophic or hypotrophic osteoarthritis, subchondral insufficiency fractures (spontaneous osteonecrosis of the knee [SPONK]), primary osteonecrosis and pathological fractures.
- the Central Reader may review radiology images for diagnosis of joint conditions that would warrant further evaluation by the Adjudication Committee such as possible or probable rapidly progressive osteoarthritis, subchondral insufficiency fractures (spontaneous osteonecrosis of the knee [SPONK]), primary osteonecrosis or pathological fracture.
- Adjudication Committee such as possible or probable rapidly progressive osteoarthritis, subchondral insufficiency fractures (spontaneous osteonecrosis of the knee [SPONK]), primary osteonecrosis or pathological fracture.
- Patients may be excluded from treatment with tanezumab, during or before treatment with tanezumab, if there is radiographic evidence of any of the following conditions in any screening radiograph as determined by a central radiology reviewer and as defined in an imaging atlas: excessive malalignment of the knee, severe chondrocalcinosis; other arthropathies (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis), systemic metabolic bone disease (e.g., pseudogout, Paget’s disease; metastatic calcifications), large cystic lesions, primary or metastatic tumor lesions, stress or traumatic fracture.
- excessive malalignment of the knee severe chondrocalcinosis
- other arthropathies e.g., rheumatoid arthritis
- systemic metabolic bone disease e.g., pseudogout, Paget’s disease
- metastatic calcifications e.g., metastatic calcifications
- large cystic lesions e.g., primary or metastatic
- a patient may be excluded from treatment with tanezumab, before or during the treatment with tanezumab, if there is radiographic evidence of any of the following conditions as determined by the central radiology reviewer and as defined in an imaging atlas at screening: 1) rapidly progressive osteoarthritis, 2) atrophic or hypotrophic osteoarthritis, 3) subchondral insufficiency fractures, 4) spontaneous osteonecrosis of the knee (SPONK), 5) osteonecrosis, or 6) pathologic fracture.
- SPONK spontaneous osteonecrosis of the knee
- a patient may be excluded from treatment, before or during treatment, with tanezumab if the patient has been diagnosed as having osteoarthritis of the knee or hip as defined by the American College of Rheumatology (ACR) clinical and radiographic criteria; having Kellgren-Lawrence Grade >2 radiographic evidence of hip osteoarthritis; and/or having Kellgren-Lawrence Grade >3 radiographic assessment of knee osteoarthritis and/or having symptoms and radiographic evidence of osteoarthritis of the shoulder.
- ACR American College of Rheumatology
- the radiographic criteria may be assessed by a Central Reader.
- a patient may be included for treatment with tanezumab according to the invention if the patient has one or more of a) cancer pain from cancer other than from breast cancer, prostate cancer or lung cancer metastasized to bone; b) an average pain score of about 6 at the index cancer pain site; c) a total weekly median opioid use of less than about 100 morphine equivalents; d) a tumor that is less aggressive as assessed by ECOG Performance Status (which may be less than or equal to 1); and e) no concomitant anti-cancer therapy.
- the patient has two or more, three or more, four or more, or all of these characteristics.
- a “patient”, an “individual” or a “subject”, used interchangeably herein, is a mammal, more preferably, a human. Mammals also include, but are not limited to, farm animals (e.g., cows, pigs, horses, chickens, etc.), sport animals, pets, primates, horses, dogs, cats, mice and rats.
- farm animals e.g., cows, pigs, horses, chickens, etc.
- sport animals e.g., pets, primates, horses, dogs, cats, mice and rats.
- vector means a construct, which is capable of delivering, and, preferably, expressing, one or more gene(s) or sequence(s) of interest in a host cell.
- vectors include, but are not limited to, viral vectors, naked DNA or RNA expression vectors, plasmid, cosmid or phage vectors, DNA or RNA expression vectors associated with cationic condensing agents, DNA or RNA expression vectors encapsulated in liposomes, and certain eukaryotic cells, such as producer cells.
- expression control sequence means a nucleic acid sequence that directs transcription of a nucleic acid.
- An expression control sequence can be a promoter, such as a constitutive or an inducible promoter, or an enhancer.
- the expression control sequence is operably linked to the nucleic acid sequence to be transcribed.
- pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or “pharmaceutical acceptable excipient” includes any material which, when combined with an active ingredient, allows the ingredient to retain biological activity and is non-reactive with the subject's immune system.
- examples include, but are not limited to, any of the standard pharmaceutical carriers such as a phosphate buffered saline solution, water, emulsions such as oil/water emulsion, and various types of wetting agents.
- Preferred diluents for aerosol or parenteral administration are phosphate buffered saline (PBS) or normal (0.9%) saline.
- Compositions comprising such carriers are formulated by well-known conventional methods (see, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th edition, A. Gennaro, ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, 1990; and Remington, The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 20th Ed. Mack Publishing, 2000).
- effector function refers to the biological activities attributable to the Fc region of an antibody.
- antibody effector functions include, but are not limited to, antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC), Fc receptor binding, complement dependent cytotoxicity (CDC), phagocytosis, C1q binding, and down regulation of cell surface receptors (e.g., B cell receptor; BCR). See, e.g., U.S. Pat No. 6,737,056.
- Such effector functions generally require the Fc region to be combined with a binding domain (e.g., an antibody variable domain) and can be assessed using various assays known in the art for evaluating such antibody effector functions.
- An exemplary measurement of effector function is through Fcy3 and/or C1q binding.
- ADCC antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity
- FcRs Fc receptors
- NK natural killer cells
- macrophages e.g. natural killer cells, neutrophils, and macrophages
- ADCC activity of a molecule of interest can be assessed using an in vitro ADCC assay, such as that described in U.S. Patent No. 5,500,362 or 5,821,337.
- Useful effector cells for such assays include peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) and NK cells.
- PBMC peripheral blood mononuclear cells
- ADCC activity of the molecule of interest may be assessed in vivo, e.g., in an animal model such as that disclosed in Clynes et al., 1998, PNAS (USA), 95:652- 656.
- “Complement dependent cytotoxicity” or “CDC” refers to the lysing of a target in the presence of complement.
- the complement activation pathway is initiated by the binding of the first component of the complement system (C1q) to a molecule (e.g. an antibody) complexed with a cognate antigen.
- a CDC assay e.g. as described in Gazzano-Santoro et al., J. Immunol. Methods, 202: 163 (1996), may be performed.
- kon refers to the rate constant for association of an antibody to an antigen. Specifically, the rate constants (kon or ka and koff or kd) and equilibrium dissociation constants are measured using whole antibody (i.e. bivalent) and monomeric proteins.
- koff or “kd”, as used herein, refers to the rate constant for dissociation of an antibody from the antibody/antigen complex.
- KD refers to the equilibrium dissociation constant of an antibody-antigen interaction.
- references to “about” a value or parameter herein includes (and describes) embodiments that are directed to that value or parameter per se.
- description referring to “about X” includes description of “X.”
- Numeric ranges are inclusive of the numbers defining the range.
- the term “about” refers to the indicated value of the variable and to all values of the variable that are within the experimental error of the indicated value (e.g. within the 95% confidence interval for the mean) or within 10 percent of the indicated value, whichever is greater.
- the term “about” is used within the context of a time period (years, months, weeks, days etc.)
- the term “about” means that period of time plus or minus one amount of the next subordinate time period (e.g. about 1 year means 11-13 months; about 6 months means 6 months plus or minus 1 week; about 1 week means 6-8 days; etc.), or within 10 per cent of the indicated value, whichever is greater.
- subcutaneous administration refers to the administration of a substance into the subcutaneous layer.
- preventing refers to (a) keeping a disorder from occurring or (b) delaying the onset of a disorder or onset of symptoms of a disorder.
- the present invention encompasses not only the entire group listed as a whole, but each member of the group individually and all possible subgroups of the main group, but also the main group absent one or more of the group members.
- the present invention also envisages the explicit exclusion of one or more of any of the group members in the claimed invention.
- tanezumab for use in the methods of treatment as described herein.
- Tanezumab is a humanized immunoglobulin G Type 2 (lgG2) monoclonal antibody, derived from a murine precursor with a mutation in the Fc portion of the antibody to decrease its ability to activate complement or to support antibody dependent cell- mediated cytotoxicity. Tanezumab is highly potent in sequestering NGF and preventing interaction with the trkA or p75 receptors.
- Exemplary antibody sequences for tanezumab include, but are not limited to, the sequences listed below.
- the antibodies as described herein can be made by any method known in the art.
- An antibody may be made recombinantly using a suitable host cell.
- a nucleic acid encoding an anti-NGF antibody of the present disclosure can be cloned into an expression vector, which can then be introduced into a host cell, where the cell does not otherwise produce an immunoglobulin protein, to obtain the synthesis of an antibody in the recombinant host cell.
- Any host cell susceptible to cell culture, and to expression of protein or polypeptides may be utilized in accordance with the present invention.
- the host cell is mammalian. Mammalian cell lines available as hosts for expression are well known in the art and include many immortalized cell lines available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC).
- ATCC American Type Culture Collection
- Nonlimiting exemplary mammalian cells include, but are not limited to, NS0 cells, HEK 293 and Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, and their derivatives, such as 293-6E and CHO DG44 cells, CHO DXB11, and Potelligent® CHOK1SV cells (BioWa/Lonza, Allendale, NJ).
- Mammalian host cells also include, but are not limited to, human cervical carcinoma cells (HeLa, ATCC CCL 2), baby hamster kidney (BHK, ATCC CCL 10) cells, monkey kidney cells (COS), and human hepatocellular carcinoma cells (e.g., Hep G2).
- monkey kidney cells (CV1 ATCC CCL 70); African green monkey kidney cells (VERO-76, ATCC CRL-1 587); canine kidney cells (MDCK, ATCC CCL 34); buffalo rat liver cells (BRL 3A, ATCC CRL 1442); human lung cells (W138, ATCC CCL 75); human liver cells (Hep G2, HB 8065); mouse mammary tumor (MMT 060562, ATCC CCL51); TR1 cells (Mather et al., Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci.
- MRC 5 cells MRC 5 cells; FS4 cells; a human hepatoma line (Hep G2); and numerous myeloma cell lines, including, but not limited to, BALB/c mouse myeloma line (NS0/1, ECACC No: 85110503), NS0 cells and Sp2/0 cells.
- FS4 cells a human hepatoma line (Hep G2)
- numerous myeloma cell lines including, but not limited to, BALB/c mouse myeloma line (NS0/1, ECACC No: 85110503), NS0 cells and Sp2/0 cells.
- any number of commercially and non-commercially available cell lines that express polypeptides or proteins may be utilized.
- different cell lines might have different nutrition requirements and/or might require different culture conditions for optimal growth and polypeptide or protein expression and will be able to modify conditions as needed.
- the route and schedule of immunization of the host animal are generally in keeping with established and conventional techniques for antibody stimulation and production, as further described herein.
- General techniques for production of human and mouse antibodies are known in the art and/or are described herein.
- any mammalian subject including humans or antibody producing cells therefrom can be manipulated to serve as the basis for production of mammalian, including human and hybridoma cell lines.
- the host animal is inoculated intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, orally, subcutaneously, intraplantar, and/or intradermally with an amount of immunogen, including as described herein.
- Hybridomas can be prepared from the lymphocytes and immortalized myeloma cells using the general somatic cell hybridization technique of Kohler, B. and Milstein, C., Nature 256:495-497, 1975 or as modified by Buck, D. W., et al., In Vitro, 18:377-381 , 1982.
- Available myeloma lines including but not limited to X63-Ag8.653 and those from the Salk Institute, Cell Distribution Center, San Diego, Calif., USA, may be used in the hybridization.
- the technique involves fusing myeloma cells and lymphoid cells using a fusogen such as polyethylene glycol, or by electrical means well known to those skilled in the art.
- the cells are separated from the fusion medium and grown in a selective growth medium, such as hypoxanthine-aminopterin-thymidine (HAT) medium, to eliminate unhybridized parent cells.
- a selective growth medium such as hypoxanthine-aminopterin-thymidine (HAT) medium
- HAT hypoxanthine-aminopterin-thymidine
- Any of the media described herein, supplemented with or without serum, can be used for culturing hybridomas that secrete monoclonal antibodies.
- EBV immortalized B cells may be used to produce the monoclonal antibodies of the subject invention.
- hybridomas are expanded and subcloned, if desired, and supernatants are assayed for anti-immunogen activity by conventional immunoassay procedures (e.g., radioimmunoassay, enzyme immunoassay, or fluorescence immunoassay).
- immunoassay procedures e.g., radioimmunoassay, enzyme immunoassay, or fluorescence immunoassay.
- Hybridomas that may be used as source of antibodies encompass all derivatives, progeny cells of the parent hybridomas that produce monoclonal antibodies.
- Hybridomas that produce antibodies used for the present invention may be grown in vitro or in vivo using known procedures.
- the monoclonal antibodies may be isolated from the culture media or body fluids, by conventional immunoglobulin purification procedures such as ammonium sulfate precipitation, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, chromatography, and ultrafiltration, if desired.
- Undesired activity, if present, can be removed, for example, by running the preparation over adsorbents made of the immunogen attached to a solid phase and eluting or releasing the desired antibodies off the immunogen.
- a protein that is immunogenic in the species to be immunized e.g., keyhole
- the antibody (monoclonal or polyclonal) of interest may be sequenced and the polynucleotide sequence may then be cloned into a vector for expression or propagation.
- the sequence encoding the antibody of interest may be maintained in vector in a host cell and the host cell can then be expanded and frozen for future use.
- Production of recombinant monoclonal antibodies in cell culture can be carried out through cloning of antibody genes from B cells by means known in the art. See, e.g. Tiller et al., J. Immunol. Methods 329, 112, 2008; U.S. Pat. No. 7,314,622.
- antibodies may be made using hybridoma technology. It is contemplated that any mammalian subject including humans or antibody producing cells therefrom can be manipulated to serve as the basis for production of mammalian, including human, hybridoma cell lines.
- the route and schedule of immunization of the host animal are generally in keeping with established and conventional techniques for antibody stimulation and production, as further described herein.
- the host animal is inoculated intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, orally, subcutaneously, intraplantar, and/or intradermally with an amount of immunogen, including as described herein.
- antibodies as described herein are glycosylated at conserved positions in their constant regions (Jefferis and Lund, 1997, Chem. Immunol. 65:111-128; Wright and Morrison, 1997, TibTECH 15:26-32).
- the oligosaccharide side chains of the immunoglobulins affect the protein’s function (Boyd et al., 1996, Mol. Immunol. 32:1311-1318; Wittwe and Howard, 1990, Biochem. 29:4175-4180) and the intramolecular interaction between portions of the glycoprotein, which can affect the conformation and presented three-dimensional surface of the glycoprotein (Jefferis and Lund, supra; Wyss and Wagner, 1996, Current Opin. Biotech. 7:409-416).
- Oligosaccharides may also serve to target a given glycoprotein to certain molecules based upon specific recognition structures. Glycosylation of antibodies has also been reported to affect antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC).
- ADCC antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity
- antibodies produced by CHO cells with tetracycline-regulated expression of b(1,4)-N- acetylglucosaminyltransf erase III (GnTIII), a glycosyltransf erase catalyzing formation of bisecting GlcNAc was reported to have improved ADCC activity (Umana et al., 1999, Nature Biotech. 17:176-180).
- N-linked refers to the attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the side chain of an asparagine residue.
- the tripeptide sequences asparagine-X-serine, asparagine-X-threonine, and asparagine-X-cysteine, where X is any amino acid except proline, are the recognition sequences for enzymatic attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the asparagine side chain.
- O-linked glycosylation refers to the attachment of one of the sugars N-acetylgalactosamine, galactose, or xylose to a hydroxyamino acid, most commonly serine or threonine, although 5-hydroxyproline or 5-hydroxylysine may also be used.
- glycosylation sites to the antibody is conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that it contains one or more of the above- described tripeptide sequences (for N-linked glycosylation sites).
- the alteration may also be made by the addition of, or substitution by, one or more serine or threonine residues to the sequence of the original antibody (for O-linked glycosylation sites).
- glycosylation pattern of antibodies may also be altered without altering the underlying nucleotide sequence. Glycosylation largely depends on the host cell used to express the antibody. Since the cell type used for expression of recombinant glycoproteins, e.g. antibodies, as potential therapeutics is rarely the native cell, variations in the glycosylation pattern of the antibodies can be expected (see, e.g. Hse et al., 1997, J. Biol. Chem. 272:9062-9070).
- factors that affect glycosylation during recombinant production of antibodies include growth mode, media formulation, culture density, oxygenation, pH, purification schemes and the like.
- Various methods have been proposed to alter the glycosylation pattern achieved in a particular host organism including introducing or overexpressing certain enzymes involved in oligosaccharide production (U.S. Patent Nos. 5,047,335; 5,510,261 and 5,278,299).
- Glycosylation or certain types of glycosylation, can be enzymatically removed from the glycoprotein, for example, using endoglycosidase H (Endo H), N-glycosidase F, endoglycosidase F1, endoglycosidase F2, endoglycosidase F3.
- Endo H endoglycosidase H
- N-glycosidase F N-glycosidase F
- endoglycosidase F1 endoglycosidase F2
- endoglycosidase F3 endoglycosidase F3
- the recombinant host cell can be genetically engineered to be defective in processing certain types of polysaccharides.
- Modifications include using coupling techniques known in the art, including, but not limited to, enzymatic means, oxidative substitution and chelation. Modifications can be used, for example, for attachment of labels for immunoassay. Modified polypeptides are made using established procedures in the art and can be screened using standard assays known in the art, some of which are described below and in the Examples.
- the invention also provides polynucleotides encoding any of the anti-NGF antibodies as described herein. In one aspect, the invention provides a method of making any of the polynucleotides described herein. Polynucleotides can be made and expressed by procedures known in the art.
- the invention provides compositions (such as a pharmaceutical compositions) comprising any of the polynucleotides of the invention.
- the composition comprises an expression vector comprising a polynucleotide encoding any of the anti-NGF antibodies described herein.
- an isolated cell line that produces the anti-NGF antibodies as described herein.
- Polynucleotides complementary to any such sequences are also encompassed by the present invention.
- Polynucleotides may be single-stranded (coding or antisense) or double-stranded, and may be DNA (genomic, cDNAor synthetic) or RNA molecules.
- RNA molecules include FlnRNA molecules, which contain introns and correspond to a DNA molecule in a one-to-one manner, and mRNA molecules, which do not contain introns. Additional coding or non-coding sequences may, but need not, be present within a polynucleotide of the present invention, and a polynucleotide may, but need not, be linked to other molecules and/or support materials.
- Polynucleotides may comprise a native sequence (i.e., an endogenous sequence that encodes an antibody or a fragment thereof) or may comprise a variant of such a sequence.
- Polynucleotide variants contain one or more substitutions, additions, deletions and/or insertions such that the immunoreactivity of the encoded polypeptide is not diminished, relative to a native immunoreactive molecule. The effect on the immunoreactivity of the encoded polypeptide may generally be assessed as described herein.
- Variants preferably exhibit at least about 70% identity, more preferably, at least about 80% identity, yet more preferably, at least about 90% identity, and most preferably, at least about 95% identity to a polynucleotide sequence that encodes a native antibody or a fragment thereof.
- Two polynucleotide or polypeptide sequences are said to be “identical” if the sequence of nucleotides or amino acids in the two sequences is the same when aligned for maximum correspondence as described below. Comparisons between two sequences are typically performed by comparing the sequences over a comparison window to identify and compare local regions of sequence similarity.
- a “comparison window” as used herein refers to a segment of at least about 20 contiguous positions, usually 30 to about 75, or 40 to about 50, in which a sequence may be compared to a reference sequence of the same number of contiguous positions after the two sequences are optimally aligned.
- Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison may be conducted using the MegAlign ® program in the Lasergene ® suite of bioinformatics software (DNASTAR ® , Inc., Madison, Wl), using default parameters.
- This program embodies several alignment schemes described in the following references: Dayhoff, M.O., 1978, A model of evolutionary change in proteins - Matrices for detecting distant relationships. In Dayhoff, M.O. (ed.) Atlas of Protein Sequence and Structure, National Biomedical Research Foundation, Washington DC Vol. 5, Suppl. 3, pp. 345-358; Hein J., 1990, Unified Approach to Alignment and Phylogenes pp. 626-645 Methods in Enzymology vol.
- the "percentage of sequence identity” is determined by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over a window of comparison of at least 20 positions, wherein the portion of the polynucleotide or polypeptide sequence in the comparison window may comprise additions or deletions (i.e., gaps) of 20 percent or less, usually 5 to 15 percent, or 10 to 12 percent, as compared to the reference sequences (which does not comprise additions or deletions) for optimal alignment of the two sequences.
- the percentage is calculated by determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid bases or amino acid residue occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the reference sequence (i.e. the window size) and multiplying the results by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity.
- Variants may also, or alternatively, be substantially homologous to a native gene, or a portion or complement thereof.
- Such polynucleotide variants are capable of hybridizing under moderately stringent conditions to a naturally occurring DNA sequence encoding a native antibody (or a complementary sequence).
- Suitable “moderately stringent conditions” include prewashing in a solution of 5 X SSC, 0.5% SDS, 1.0 mM EDTA (pH 8.0); hybridizing at 50°C-65°C, 5 X SSC, overnight; followed by washing twice at 65°C for 20 minutes with each of 2X, 0.5X and 0.2X SSC containing 0.1 % SDS.
- highly stringent conditions or “high stringency conditions” are those that: (1) employ low ionic strength and high temperature for washing, for example 0.015 M sodium chloride/0.0015 M sodium citrate/0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate at 50°C; (2) employ during hybridization a denaturing agent, such as formamide, for example, 50% (v/v) formamide with 0.1% bovine serum albumin/0.1% Ficoll/0.1% polyvinylpyrrolidone/50 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH 6.5 with 750 mM sodium chloride, 75 mM sodium citrate at42°C; or (3) employ 50% formamide, 5 x SSC (0.75 M NaCI, 0.075 M sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 6.8), 0.1% sodium pyrophosphate, 5 x Denhardt’s solution, sonicated salmon sperm DNA (50 pg/ml), 0.1% SDS, and 10% dextran sulfate at
- nucleotide sequences that encode a polypeptide as described herein. Some of these polynucleotides bear minimal homology to the nucleotide sequence of any native gene. Nonetheless, polynucleotides that vary due to differences in codon usage are specifically contemplated by the present invention. Further, alleles of the genes comprising the polynucleotide sequences provided herein are within the scope of the present invention. Alleles are endogenous genes that are altered as a result of one or more mutations, such as deletions, additions and/or substitutions of nucleotides. The resulting mRNA and protein may, but need not, have an altered structure or function. Alleles may be identified using standard techniques (such as hybridization, amplification and/or database sequence comparison).
- polynucleotides of this invention can be obtained using chemical synthesis, recombinant methods, or PCR. Methods of chemical polynucleotide synthesis are well known in the art and need not be described in detail herein. One of skill in the art can use the sequences provided herein and a commercial DN A synthesizer to produce a desired DNA sequence.
- a polynucleotide comprising a desired sequence can be inserted into a suitable vector, and the vector in turn can be introduced into a suitable host cell for replication and amplification, as further discussed herein.
- Polynucleotides may be inserted into host cells by any means known in the art. Cells are transformed by introducing an exogenous polynucleotide by direct uptake, endocytosis, transfection, F-mating or electroporation. Once introduced, the exogenous polynucleotide can be maintained within the cell as a non-integrated vector (such as a plasmid) or integrated into the host cell genome.
- the polynucleotide so amplified can be isolated from the host cell by methods well known within the art. See, e.g., Sambrook et al., 1989.
- PCR allows reproduction of DNA sequences.
- PCR technology is well known in the art and is described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,683,195, 4,800,159, 4,754,065 and 4,683,202, as well as PCR: The Polymerase Chain Reaction, Mullis et al. eds., Birkauswer Press, Boston, 1994.
- RNA can be obtained by using the isolated DNA in an appropriate vector and inserting it into a suitable host cell. When the cell replicates and the DNA is transcribed into RNA, the RNA can then be isolated using methods well known to those of skill in the art, as set forth in Sambrook et al., 1989, supra, for example.
- Suitable cloning vectors may be constructed according to standard techniques, or may be selected from a large number of cloning vectors available in the art. While the cloning vector selected may vary according to the host cell intended to be used, useful cloning vectors will generally have the ability to self-replicate, may possess a single target for a particular restriction endonuclease, and/or may carry genes for a marker that can be used in selecting clones containing the vector.
- Suitable examples include plasmids and bacterial viruses, e.g., pUC18, pUC19, Bluescript (e.g., pBSSK+) and its derivatives, mp18, mp19, pBR322, pMB9, ColE1, pCR1, RP4, phage DNAs, and shuttle vectors such as pSA3 and pAT28.
- plasmids and bacterial viruses e.g., pUC18, pUC19, Bluescript (e.g., pBSSK+) and its derivatives, mp18, mp19, pBR322, pMB9, ColE1, pCR1, RP4, phage DNAs, and shuttle vectors such as pSA3 and pAT28.
- Expression vectors are further provided.
- Expression vectors generally are replicable polynucleotide constructs that contain a polynucleotide according to the invention. It is implied that an expression vector must be replicable in the host cells either as episomes or as an integral part of the chromosomal DNA. Suitable expression vectors include but are not limited to plasmids, viral vectors, including adenoviruses, adeno- associated viruses, retroviruses, cosmids, and expression vector(s) disclosed in PCT Publication No. WO 87/04462.
- Vector components may generally include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: a signal sequence; an origin of replication; one or more marker genes; suitable transcriptional controlling elements (such as promoters, enhancers and terminator). For expression (i.e., translation), one or more translational controlling elements are also usually required, such as ribosome binding sites, translation initiation sites, and stop codons.
- the vectors containing the polynucleotides of interest can be introduced into the host cell by any of a number of appropriate means, including electroporation, transfection employing calcium chloride, rubidium chloride, calcium phosphate, DEAE-dextran, or other substances; microprojectile bombardment; lipofection; and infection (e.g., where the vector is an infectious agent such as vaccinia virus).
- electroporation employing calcium chloride, rubidium chloride, calcium phosphate, DEAE-dextran, or other substances
- microprojectile bombardment e.g., where the vector is an infectious agent such as vaccinia virus.
- infection e.g., where the vector is an infectious agent such as vaccinia virus.
- the choice of introducing vectors or polynucleotides will often depend on features of the host cell.
- the invention also provides host cells comprising any of the polynucleotides described herein. Any host cells capable of over-expressing heterologous DNAs can be used for the purpose of isolating the genes encoding the antibody, polypeptide or protein of interest.
- mammalian host cells include but not limited to COS, HeLa, and CHO cells. See also PCT Publication No. WO 87/04462. Suitable non mammalian host cells include prokaryotes (such as E. coli or B. subtiHis) and yeast (such as S. cerevisae, S. pombe or K. lactis ).
- the host cells express the cDNAs at a level of about 5 fold higher, more preferably, 10 fold higher, even more preferably, 20 fold higher than that of the corresponding endogenous antibody or protein of interest, if present, in the host cells. Screening the host cells for a specific binding to NGFis effected by an immunoassay or FACS. A cell overexpressing the antibody or protein of interest can be identified.
- the invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising an effective amount of tanezumab as described herein, and such pharmaceutical compositions for use in methods of treatment as described herein. Examples of such compositions, as well as how to formulate, are also described herein.
- compositions can comprise more than one anti-NGF antibody.
- composition used in the present invention can further comprise pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers (Remington: The Science and practice of Pharmacy 20th Ed., 2000, Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, Ed. K. E. Floover), in the form of lyophilized formulations or aqueous solutions.
- Acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers are nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations, and may comprise buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine; preservatives (such as octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride; hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride; phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens such as methyl or propyl paraben; catechol; resorcinol; cyclohexanol; 3-pentanol; and m-cresol); low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, histidine,
- Tanezumab, and compositions thereof can also be used in conjunction with, or administered separately, simultaneously, or sequentially with other agents that serve to enhance and/or complement the effectiveness of the agents.
- the invention provides a method for treating cancer pain in a patient as defined herein.
- the methods described herein further comprise a step of treating a subject with an additional form of therapy.
- the method described herein does not comprise administration of an NSAID to the patient. In some embodiments, the method described herein does not comprise administration of an opioid to the patient.
- compositions comprising one or more additional agents.
- These compositions may further comprise suitable excipients, such as pharmaceutically acceptable excipients including buffers, which are well known in the art.
- suitable excipients such as pharmaceutically acceptable excipients including buffers, which are well known in the art.
- the present invention can be used alone or in combination with other methods of treatment.
- an anti-NGF antibody may be used for administration.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients are known in the art, and are relatively inert substances that facilitate administration of a pharmacologically effective substance.
- an excipient can give form or consistency, or act as a diluent.
- Suitable excipients include but are not limited to stabilizing agents, wetting and emulsifying agents, salts for varying osmolarity, encapsulating agents, buffers, and skin penetration enhancers.
- Excipients as well as formulations for parenteral and nonparenteral drug delivery are set forth in Remington, The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 20th Ed. Mack Publishing, 2000.
- these agents are formulated for administration by injection (e.g., intraperitoneally, intravenously, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, intraarticularly, epidurally, intrathecally, injection into the intervertebral disc, etc.). Accordingly, these agents can be combined with pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles such as saline, Ringer’s solution, dextrose solution, and the like.
- pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles such as saline, Ringer’s solution, dextrose solution, and the like.
- the particular dosage regimen i.e., dose, timing and repetition, will depend on the particular individual and that individual’s medical history.
- tanezumab is administered in a formulation described in WO201 0/032220, herein incorporated by reference.
- the formulation is a liquid formulation and comprises an anti-NGF antibody at a concentration of about 20 mg/ml; and a histidine buffer.
- the formulation further comprises a surfactant which may be polysorbate 20. In some embodiments, the formulation further comprises trehalose dehydrate or sucrose. In some embodiments, the formulation further comprises a chelating agent, which may be EDTA; in some embodiments disodium EDTA. In some embodiments, the formulation is of pH 6.0 ⁇ 0.3.
- the formulation comprises about 20 mg/ml tanezumab; about 10 mM histidine buffer; about 84 mg/ml trehalose dehydrate; about 0.1 mg/ml Polysorbate 20; about 0.05 mg/mldisodium EDTA; wherein the formulation is of a pH 6.0 ⁇ 0.3.
- the formulation has a total volume of about 1 ml.
- the formulation is contained in a glass or plastic vial or syringe. In some embodiments the formulation is contained in a pre-filled glass or plastic vial or syringe.
- Tanezumab can be administered every eight weeks. For repeated administrations over several doses, the treatment is sustained until a desired suppression of signs and symptoms of cancer pain occurs. The progress of this therapy can be monitored by conventional techniques and assays.
- the dosing regimen can vary over time.
- the dosage is 20 mg administered every eight weeks.
- the dosage can be decreased or increased subsequent administrations.
- the dosage of 20 mg can be administered at start of therapy and then a dosage of 10 mg can be administered at eight weeks, with a dosage of 10 mg being administered at sixteen weeks and each subsequent eight weekly dosage.
- the dosage of 20 mg can be administered at start of therapy and at eight weeks, with a dosage of 10 mg being administered at sixteen weeks and each subsequent eight weekly dosage.
- the 20 mg dosage can be administered at start of therapy and then for one, two, or more eight weekly dosages before subsequent dosages of 10 mg every eight weeks are administered.
- a loading dose (or induction dose) is administered followed by the administration of maintenance doses at a lower amount or at lower frequency.
- Administration of tanezumab as described herein in accordance with the method in the present invention can be continuous or intermittent, depending, for example, upon the recipient’s physiological condition, whether the purpose of the administration is therapeutic or prophylactic, and other factors known to skilled practitioners.
- the administration of tanezumab may be essentially continuous over a preselected period of time or may be in a series of spaced doses.
- more than one anti-NGF antibody may be present. At least one, at least two, at least three, at least four, at least five different, or more anti-NGF antibodies can be present. Generally, those anti-NGF antibodies may have complementary activities that do not adversely affect each other.
- tanezumab may be administered in combination with the administration of one or more additional therapeutic agents.
- tanezumab administration is combined with a treatment regimen further comprising a traditional therapy including surgery.
- Therapeutic formulations of the anti-NGF antibody used in accordance with the present invention are prepared for storage by mixing the protein having the desired degree of purity with optional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients or stabilizers (Remington, The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 20th Ed. Mack Publishing, 2000), in the form of lyophilized formulations or aqueous solutions.
- Acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers are nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed, and may comprise buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; salts such as sodium chloride; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine; preservatives (such as octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride; hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride; phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens, such as methyl or propyl paraben; catechol; resorcinol; cyclohexanol; 3- pentanol; and m-cresol); low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine,
- Liposomes containing the anti-NGF antibody are prepared by methods known in the art, such as described in Epstein, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:3688 (1985); Hwang, et al., Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 77:4030 (1980); and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,485,045 and 4,544,545. Liposomes with enhanced circulation time are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,013,556. Particularly useful liposomes can be generated by the reverse phase evaporation method with a lipid composition comprising phosphatidylcholine, cholesterol and PEG-derivatized phosphatidylethanolamine (PEG-PE). Liposomes are extruded through filters of defined pore size to yield liposomes with the desired diameter.
- PEG-PE PEG-derivatized phosphatidylethanolamine
- the active ingredients may also be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-(methylmethacrylate) microcapsules, respectively, in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions.
- colloidal drug delivery systems for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules
- Sustained-release preparations may be prepared. Suitable examples of sustained-release preparations include semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the antibody, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g. films, or microcapsules. Examples of sustained-release matrices include polyesters, hydrogels (for example, poly(2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate), or poly(vinylalcohol)), polylactides (U.S. Pat. No.
- copolymers of L-glutamic acid and 7 ethyl-L- glutamate copolymers of L-glutamic acid and 7 ethyl-L- glutamate, non-degradable ethylene-vinyl acetate, degradable lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymers such as the LUPRON DEPOTTM (injectable microspheres composed of lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymer and leuprolide acetate), sucrose acetate isobutyrate, and poly-D-(-)-3-hydroxybutyric acid.
- the formulations to be used for in vivo administration must be sterile. This is readily accomplished by, for example, filtration through sterile filtration membranes.
- Therapeutic anti-NGF antibody compositions are generally placed into a container having a sterile access port, for example, an intravenous solution bag or vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle.
- compositions according to the present invention may be in unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills, capsules, powders, granules, solutions or suspensions, or suppositories, for oral, parenteral or rectal administration, or administration by inhalation or insufflation.
- the principal active ingredient is mixed with a pharmaceutical carrier, e.g. conventional tableting ingredients such as corn starch, lactose, sucrose, sorbitol, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, dicalcium phosphate or gums, and other pharmaceutical diluents, e.g. water, to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound of the present invention, ora non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- a pharmaceutical carrier e.g. conventional tableting ingredients such as corn starch, lactose, sucrose, sorbitol, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, dicalcium phosphate or gums, and other pharmaceutical diluents, e.g. water
- a pharmaceutical carrier e.g. conventional tableting ingredients such as corn starch, lactose, sucrose, sorbitol, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, dicalcium
- This solid preformulation composition is then subdivided into unit dosage forms of the type described above containing from about 0.1 to about 500 mg of the active ingredient of the present invention.
- the tablets or pills of the novel composition can be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action.
- the tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former.
- the two components can be separated by an enteric layer that serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permits the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release.
- enteric layers or coatings such materials including a number of polymeric acids and mixtures of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol and cellulose acetate.
- Suitable surface-active agents include, in particular, non-ionic agents, such as polyoxyethylenesorbitans (e.g. TweenTM 20, 40, 60, 80 or 85) and other sorbitans (e.g. SpanTM 20, 40, 60, 80 or 85).
- Compositions with a surface-active agent will conveniently comprise between 0.05 and 5% surface-active agent, and can be between 0.1 and 2.5%. It will be appreciated that other ingredients may be added, for example mannitol or other pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles, if necessary.
- Suitable emulsions may be prepared using commercially available fat emulsions, such as IntralipidTM, LiposynTM, InfonutrolTM, LipofundinTM and LipiphysanTM.
- the active ingredient may be either dissolved in a pre-mixed emulsion composition or alternatively it may be dissolved in an oil (e.g. soybean oil, safflower oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, corn oil or almond oil) and an emulsion formed upon mixing with a phospholipid (e.g. egg phospholipids, soybean phospholipids or soybean lecithin) and water.
- an oil e.g. soybean oil, safflower oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, corn oil or almond oil
- a phospholipid e.g. egg phospholipids, soybean phospholipids or soybean lecithin
- other ingredients may be added, for example glycerol or glucose, to adjust the tonicity of the emulsion.
- Suitable emulsions will typically contain up to 20% oil, for example, between 5 and 20%.
- the fat emulsion can comprise fat droplets between 0.1 and 1.0 pm, particularly 0.1 and 0.5 pm, and have a pH in the range of 5.5 to 8.0.
- the emulsion compositions can be those prepared by mixing an anti-NGF antibody with IntralipidTM or the components thereof (soybean oil, egg phospholipids, glycerol and water).
- compositions for inhalation or insufflation include solutions and suspensions in pharmaceutically acceptable, aqueous or organic solvents, or mixtures thereof, and powders.
- the liquid or solid compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients as set out above.
- the compositions are administered by the oral or nasal respiratory route for local or systemic effect.
- Compositions in preferably sterile pharmaceutically acceptable solvents may be nebulised by use of gases. Nebulised solutions may be breathed directly from the nebulising device or the nebulising device may be attached to a face mask, tent or intermittent positive pressure breathing machine.
- Solution, suspension or powder compositions may be administered, preferably orally or nasally, from devices which deliver the formulation in an appropriate manner.
- such embodiments are also further embodiments of tanezumab for use in that treatment, or alternatively of the use of tanezumab in the manufacture of a medicament for use in that treatment.
- Kits The invention also provides kits comprising tanezumab described herein.
- Kits of the invention include one or more containers comprising tanezumab and instructions for use in accordance with any of the methods of the invention described herein. Generally, these instructions comprise a description of administration of the anti-NGF antibody for the above described therapeutic treatments.
- kits are provided for producing a single-dose administration unit.
- the kit can contain both a first container having a dried protein and a second container having an aqueous formulation.
- kits containing single and multi-chambered pre-filled syringes are included.
- the instructions relating to the use of the anti-NGF antibody generally include information as to dosage, dosing schedule, and route of administration for the intended treatment.
- the containers may be unit doses, bulk packages (e.g., multi-dose packages) or sub-unit doses.
- Instructions supplied in the kits of the invention are typically written instructions on a label or package insert (e.g., a paper sheet included in the kit), but machine-readable instructions (e.g., instructions carried on a magnetic or optical storage disk) are also acceptable.
- kits of this invention are in suitable packaging.
- suitable packaging includes, but is not limited to, vials, bottles, jars, flexible packaging (e.g., sealed Mylar or plastic bags), and the like.
- packages for use in combination with a specific device such as an inhaler, nasal administration device (e.g., an atomizer) or an infusion device such as a minipump.
- a kit may have a sterile access port (for example the container may be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle).
- the container may also have a sterile access port (for example the container may be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle).
- At least one active agent in the composition is an anti-NGF antibody.
- the container may further comprise a second pharmaceutically active agent.
- Kits may optionally provide additional components such as buffers and interpretive information.
- the kit comprises a container and a label or package insert(s) on or associated with the container.
- Example 1 The study was a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter, parallel- group, 48-week Phase 3 study in subjects with cancer pain predominantly due to bone metastasis receiving background opioid therapy.
- Eligible subjects had cancer diagnosed as having metastasized to bone or had multiple myeloma with imaging confirmation of bone metastasis at Screening or within 120 days prior to the Screening visit according to local standard of care (e.g., via bone scan, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), computed tomography (CT) scan, or positron emission tomography- computed tomography (PET-CT) scan).
- MRI magnetic resonance imaging
- CT computed tomography
- PET-CT positron emission tomography- computed tomography
- Subjects were required to have an average pain score >5 at Screening and Baseline for the index bone metastasis cancer pain site, a Patient’s Global Assessment of Cancer Pain assessed as ‘fair’, ‘poor’ or ‘very poor’ at Screening and at Baseline, and an Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) Performance Status Score of 0, 1 , or 2 at Screening. Subjects were expected to require daily opioid medication throughout the course of the study.
- the protocol was initially designed to include 3 treatment groups (tanezumab 20 mg SC, tanezumab 10 mg SC, and placebo) with a 1 :1 :1 randomization ratio, but was amended (Amendment 3) after study start to discontinue the tanezumab 10 mg dose arm.
- 3 treatment groups tanezumab 20 mg SC, tanezumab 10 mg SC, and placebo
- Amendment 3 placebo
- the opioid regimen for each subject was optimized prior to Baseline. Subjects on a stable opioid regimen who met the criteria for randomization during the Baseline Assessment Period continued on the same opioid regimen with only minimal dosage increases ( ⁇ 10% of baseline total daily dose) permitted for the first 8 weeks of the Double-Blind Treatment Period.
- Stratification variables were (i) tumor aggressiveness (assessed by ECOG performance status) and (ii) presence/absence of concomitant anticancer treatment (e.g., chemotherapy or hormonal therapy or anti hormonal therapy).
- the primary efficacy endpoint was measured 8 weeks after the 1st dose at Baseline. The end of the double-blind treatment period was at Week 24, followed by a 24-week safety follow-up period, resulting in the end of study at Week 48.
- the study had a Group Sequential Design with a single interim analysis performed after at least 50% of subjects had completed or discontinued prior to Week 8. The interim analysis assessed both futility (non-binding) and efficacy based on the primary efficacy parameter. The study did not stop based on the interim analysis.
- the alpha used for final analysis was not 0.05, but was determined based on the number of subjects included in the interim analysis and in the final analysis using the Lan DeMets alpha spending function with the O’Brien Fleming style boundary, which was implemented in EAST version 6.5.
- the alpha-level used for a two-sided test of the primary endpoint in the final analysis was 0.0478.
- the primary analysis set for efficacy is the modified intent to treat (mITT) analysis set. It is labeled as the “mITT Population” and consists of all subjects who were randomized to either tanezumab 20 mg or placebo SC and received at least one dose of SC study medication.
- the safety analysis set is defined as all subjects treated with tanezumab or placebo SC and is labeled as the ‘Safety Analysis Set’ or ‘Safety Population’. This set also includes 10 subjects who were randomized and received tanezumab 10 mg: 9 remained on tanezumab 10 mg SC and 1 changed to tanezumab 20 mg SC after the implementation of Amendment 3.
- Table 2 Summary of Subject Evaluation and Disposition Events for Placebo and Tanezumab 20 mg (Primary Analysis Set)
- Primary Endpoint Change from Baseline to Week 8 in Average Pain Intensity at the Index Cancer Pain Site.
- Treatment with tanezumab 20 mg SC resulted in significant improvement (reduction) in the daily average pain intensity score compared to placebo treatment and met the primary objective of the study.
- the type-l error (alpha-level) for the final analysis was determined based on the pre-specified Lan-DeMets alpha-spending function with the O’Brien Fleming style boundary.
- the alpha-level used for a two-sided test of the primary endpoint in the final analysis of the 145 subjects was 0.0478.
- the worst pain intensity score at the index cancer pain site also showed greater average improvement (LS mean, 95% Cl) in the tanezumab 20 mg group than in the placebo group, statistically significant at Weeks 2, 4 and 6 ( Figure 3B).
- the mean (median) daily dosage of opioids was 183 (90) Milligram Morphine Equivalent (MME) in the placebo group, and 190 (85) MME in the tanezumab 20 mg group.
- the average daily dosage remained between 170 and 190 MME for both groups through Week 16.
- the mean (SD) daily dosage of opioids was 190 (353) MME in the placebo group, and 347 (1537) MME in the tanezumab 20 mg group.
- the higher dose in the tanezumab group was due to an extreme value of 12746 MME.
- the median daily dose at Week 24 was 61 MME in both treatment groups.
- the rescue medication was used on average 0.92 times per day in the tanezumab 20 mg group and 1.26 times/day in the placebo group. After baseline, rescue medication continued to be used less frequently in the tanezumab 20 mg group than in the placebo group, ranging from 25% (95% Cl: 4%- 42%) less at Week 4 to 10% less at Week 24. Subgroup Analysis
- carcinoma Primary cancer type (breast carcinoma, lung carcinoma, prostatic carcinoma, and other carcinomas o Other carcinomas (pooled subjects for carcinomas with fewer that 10 subjects in both the tanezumab 20 mg and placebo treatment groups) including bone marrow, bone metastasis, cervical cancer, cholangiocarcinoma, colorectal carcinoma, corpus uteri carcinoma, gastric carcinoma, head of pancreas carcinoma, larynx epidermoid carcinoma, myeloma, nasopharynx carcinoma, pancreatic neuroendocrine tumors, rectal carcinoma, renal carcinoma, sublingual gland cancer, and uterine carcinoma
- the safety population consisted of 73 subjects in the placebo SC group, 72 subjects in the tanezumab 20 mg SC group, 9 subjects who received tanezumab 10 mg SC, and 1 subject in the tanezumab 10/20 mg SC group.
- the proportion of subjects that received three planned SC doses of study medication were 52.1%, 65.3%, and 66.7% in the placebo, tanezumab 20 mg, and tanezumab 10 mg treatment groups, respectively.
- Treatment-emergent adverse events are shown in Table 4.
- the incidence of adverse events was 68.5% in the placebo group, 73.6% in the tanezumab 20 mg group, 88.9% (8 of 9) in the tanezumab 10 mg group and 100% (1 of 1) in the tanezumab 10/20 mg group.
- the incidence of serious adverse events was 30.1% (placebo group), 40.3% (tanezumab 20 mg group), 22.2% (2 of 9, tanezumab 10 mg group) and 100% (1 of 1, tanezumab 10/20 mg group).
- the total number of deaths reported in the study was 46 and none was considered treatment-related by the investigators.
- Tanezumab 20 mg demonstrated significantly greater improvements vs placebo in the daily average pain intensity and in the daily worst pain intensity in the index bone metastasis cancer pain site at Weeks 2, 4 and 6. Tanezumab 20 mg also demonstrated a significantly greater proportion of subjects with a 50% response at Week 8 compared to placebo.
- the safety findings including the adverse event profile in the tanezumab treatment groups were generally consistent with those anticipated in subjects with cancer pain predominantly due to bone metastasis and/or the known safety profile of tanezumab.
Abstract
The present invention relates to the treatment of cancer pain predominantly due to bone metastasis with an anti-nerve growth factor (NGF) antibody.
Description
METHOD OF TREATMENT OF CANCER PAIN WITH TANEZUMAB
Field
The present invention relates to the treatment of cancer pain with tanezumab, an anti-nerve growth factor (NGF) antibody.
Background
With improved medical treatment of many cancers, patients are living longer, which places them at increased risk to develop metastatic disease. The skeleton is the third most common target of metastatic cancer and can be one of the earliest sites affected (Schulman KL, Kohle J. Cancer 2007; 109(11):2334-42).
Cancers of the breast and prostate are particularly likely to spread to bone; about 70% of patients who die from these diseases have evidence of skeletal involvement at autopsy.
Carcinomas of the thyroid, kidney, and bronchus also often cause bone metastasis with a post-mortem incidence of 30% to 40%, but, by contrast, tumors of the gastrointestinal tract do so rarely, affecting only about 5% of patients dying from these malignancies. Given the high prevalence of carcinomas of the breast, prostate, and lung, it is estimated that these cancers probably account for more than 80% of cases of metastatic bone disease (Rubens RD. European Journal of Cancer 1998; 34(2):210- 13).
For many patients, metastatic bone cancer is a chronic condition, with survival from the time of diagnosis varying significantly among the various tumor types. For bone metastasis from prostate and breast and in multiple myeloma, median survival time from diagnosis is measurable in years. For advanced lung cancer, it is usually measured in months (Upton A, Berenson JR, Body JJ, et al. Clin Cancer Res 2006; 12(20 Suppl) 6209s- 12s).
Pain associated with cancer is a substantial problem that negatively impacts patients’ quality of life, especially as emerging therapies directed against the underlying cancer
have begun to prolong patient survival. While pain can result from a number of causes, bone metastasis is the most common cause of cancer pain, occurring in 60 to 84% of patients (Langford DJ, Tripathy D, Paul SM, et al. Journal of Pain 2011 ; 12(4):495-507; Mercadante S. Pain 1997; 69:1-18). More than 70% of patients with bone metastasis report moderate to severe pain that has a significant impact on their functional status and quality of life (Langford DJ, Tripathy D, Paul SM, et al. Journal of Pain 2011 ; Yau V, Chow E, Davis L, et al. J Pain Symptom Management 2004; 27(1 ):1 -3. 17; Rustoen T, Mourn T, Padilla G, et al. J Pain Symptom Management 2005 30(3):234-42).
Treatment of bone metastasis is primarily palliative, in order to relieve pain, prevent development of pathological fractures and improve mobility and function (Coluzzi F, Mandatori I, Mattia C. Expert Opin. Emerging Drugs 2011 ; 16(3)441-58; Houston SJ, Rubens RD. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1995; 312:539-42). Conventional treatment uses a multidisciplinary approach including local radiotherapy to the painful area along with systemic treatment (hormone therapy or chemotherapy or radioisotopes) and supportive care such as analgesic therapy, corticosteroids and bisphosphonates (Mercadante F, Fulfaro F. Curr Opin Oncol 2007; 19:308-14. 21 ; Goldberg G, Morrison R. J Clin Oncol 2007; 25:1792-1801. Unfortunately, chronic pain resulting from bone metastasis is relatively resistant to analgesics; therefore, its management remains a challenge for clinicians (Yau V, Chow E, Davis L, et al. J Pain Symptom Management 2004; 27(1 ):1 -3; Coluzzi F, Mandatori I, Mattia C. Expert Opin. Emerging Drugs 2011 ; 16(3)441-58).
The basic approach to cancer pain treatment was designed by the World Health Organization (WHO) in 1986 and was subsequently revised in 1996 (World Health Organization. Cancer Pain Relief 1996; 2nd edition Geneva: World Health Organization). This approach uses a 3-step analgesic ladder in which patients begin treatment with non-opioids and move up the ladder to mild opioids and finally to strong opioids if their pain is not sufficiently controlled by analgesic treatments in the first step(s) of the ladder. Since the initial WHO publication, other groups have issued guidelines for management of cancer (Management of cancer pain guideline overview. Agency for Healthcare Policy and Research Rockville, Maryland. J Natl Med Assoc 1994; 86:571-73, 634; Gordon DB, Dahl JL, Miaskowski C, et.al. Arch Intern Med 2005;
165:1574-80; Benedetti C, Brock C, Cleeland C, et al. Oncology (Williston Park) 2000; 14:135-50; National Comprehensive Cancer Network (NCCN) Clinical Practice Guidelines In Oncology. Adult Cancer Pain Version 2.2013:1-75). Overall, there has been increasing use of opioids for management of cancer pain and opioids remain the mainstay for treatment of moderate to severe cancer pain.
The use of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) in cancer-related bone pain has been questioned since the evidence in the medical literature is poor. In addition, there is a possibility that NSAIDs and cyclooxygenase (COX)-2 inhibitors could affect bone health by inhibiting COX enzymes which reduce synthesis of prostaglandins (Coluzzi F, Mandatori I, Mattia C. Expert Opin. Emerging Drugs 2011; 16(3)441-58).
Recent investigations have shown that opioids may impair bone metabolism and chronic opioid users have an increased risk of fractures (Coluzzi F, Mandatori I, Mattia C. Expert Opin. Emerging Drugs 2011 ; 16(3)441-58; Buckeridge D, Fluang A, Hanley J, et al. J Am Geriatr Soc 2010; 58:1664-70). In addition, recent publications seem to hint that opioids may have a possible role in tumor progression (Lennon FE, Moss J, Singleton PA. Anesthesiology 2012; 116(4):940-45).
Despite the widespread use of opioids, results of a recent systematic review of current literature for randomized controlled trials of opioids for management of cancer pain noted the level of evidence for pain relief was only fair for transderm al fentanyl and was poor for morphine, tramadol, oxycodone, methadone and codeine (Koyyalagunta D, Bruera E, Solanki D, et al. Pain Physician 2012; 15:ES39-ES58). A 10-year validation study of the World Health Organization analgesic ladder in 1995 (Zech DF, Grond S, Lynch J, et al. Pain 1995; 63:65-76) suggested that 76% of patients could achieve good pain relief using the principles of the ladder, a further 12% achieved satisfactory efficacy and 12% had inadequate efficacy. Unfortunately, subsequent studies suggest that these results are not achieved in clinical practice and that much cancer pain continues to be poorly controlled (Forbes K. Clinical Oncology 2011 ; 23:379-80).
The issues described above support the need for better treatments for patients suffering from metastatic bone pain.
Tanezumab is an anti-NGF antibody that binds to and inhibits the actions of nerve growth factor (NGF). The Nerve Growth Factor Inhibitor (NGFI) class may offer an important breakthrough in the treatment of chronic pain and has undergone clinical investigation for the treatment of pain associated with osteoarthritis or other chronic pain conditions.
The efficacy of tanezumab in subjects with painful bone metastasis was evaluated in the Phase 2 Study A4091003, which was a randomized, double-blind, placebo- controlled, parallel group study in subjects with cancer pain due to bone metastasis who were receiving background treatment with opioids. In addition, subjects who had been randomized and treated in Study A4091003, and who wished to receive open-label tanezumab therapy, could roll over to Study A4091029, a safety extension study designed to investigate the safety and maintenance of effect of tanezumab 10 mg. In Study A4091003, a total of 59 patients were treated with either a single intravenous (IV) dose of tanezumab 10 mg (N=29) or placebo (N=30). In Study A4091029, a total of 41 patients were treated with tanezumab 10 mg IV. A positive outcome for the primary efficacy endpoint for Study A4091003 (i.e., a statistically significant change from Baseline to Week 6 in the daily average pain intensity) was not achieved, although the mean decrease from Baseline in the tanezumab 10 mg IV treatment group was numerically greater than that for the placebo treatment group. The change from Study A4091003 Baseline in average pain was maintained up to Week 24 in A4091029 for all subjects. For the 6 subjects who had received placebo in Study A4091003, the average pain score in A4091029 subsequently worsened from Week 24 to Week 40 (back to the Study A4091003 Baseline pain level). Flowever, for subjects who had received tanezumab 10 mg in Study A4091003, the improvement in average pain was further maintained to Week 40 of Study A4091029.
Although an acceptable safety profile was seen in the previous studies in this patient population, efficacy has not yet been robustly demonstrated, hence further evaluation of benefit-risk is required.
Summary
The invention disclosed herein is directed to treatment of cancer pain predominantly due to bone metastases in patients receiving background opioid therapy.
Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention provides a method of treating cancer pain in a patient in need thereof, the method comprising administering 20 mg of tanezumab subcutaneously to the patient, wherein the patient has moderate to severe cancer pain predominantly due to bone metastasis, cancer originated in bone, or multiple myeloma, and wherein the patient has had inadequate pain relief with opioid analgesics.
In some embodiments, the patient has: i. an average Pain Score of at least 5 for the index cancer pain site; ii. a Patient's Global Assessment of Cancer Pain of "fair", "poor" or "very poor"; iii. an Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) Performance Status Score of 0, 1, or 2; and iv. no joint safety event selected from: 1) rapidly progressive osteoarthritis (type 1 or type 2), 2) atrophic or hypotrophic osteoarthritis, 3) subchondral insufficiency fracture, 4) spontaneous osteonecrosis of the knee (SPONK), 5) osteonecrosis, or 6) pathologic fracture.
Clinical benefit of the treatment according to the invention effectively reduces pain at the index cancer pain site.
In some embodiments, tanezumab is administered every eight weeks. In some embodiments, tanezumab is administered for at least two or more doses at eight weekly intervals. In some embodiments, tanezumab is administered to the patient for at least 8, 16, 24, 32, 40 or 48 weeks.
In some embodiments, the treatment effectively reduces average pain intensity at the index cancer pain site; effectively reduces worst pain intensity at the index cancer pain site; and/or effectively reduces patient global assessment of cancer pain at the index cancer pain site.
In some embodiments, the treatment effectively reduces pain at the index cancer pain site at at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 week(s) after start of treatment. In some embodiments, the treatment effectively reduces pain at the index cancer pain site at weeks 2, 4, and 6, in addition to week 8 after start of treatment. In some embodiments,
the treatment effectively reduces pain at the index cancer pain site at at least 16, 24, 32, 40, 48 or 56 weeks after start of treatment.
In some embodiments, the treatment effectively improves pain at the index cancer pain site compared to a baseline value prior to or at start of treatment.
In some embodiments, the patient requires background opioid therapy and/or may require opioid medication. The patient may require daily opioid medication. In some embodiments, the treatment results in reduced opioid use which may be reduced average opioid consumption, and in some embodiments reduced average daily opioid consumption. In some embodiments, the treatment improves cancer pain measures compared to treatment with an opioid analgesic. In some embodiments, the treatment improves cancer pain measures compared to treatment with morphine.
In some embodiments the treatment effectively improves the cancer pain for at least 24 weeks, 32 weeks, 40 weeks, 48 weeks, or 56 weeks after start of treatment.
In some embodiments, the treatment provides 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35% of patients with at least 30%, 50%, 70% or 90% improvement in cancer pain. In some embodiments, the treatment provides at least 20% of patients with at least 50% improvement in cancer pain at week 8 after start of treatment.
In some embodiments the patient has a history of inadequate pain relief from or intolerance to prior therapy including analgesic therapy. The prior therapy can comprise at least agents used for treatment of cancer pain. These agents can include acetaminophen/low-dose NSAIDs; prescription NSAIDs; opioids; tapentadol; tricyclic antidepressants; benzodiazepines or skeletal muscle relaxants; lidocaine patch; and/or duloxetine or other serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors.
In some embodiments, the patient was previously treated with the analgesic therapy prior to administering tanezumab. In some embodiments the patient continues to receive analgesic therapy during treatment with tanezumab. The analgesic therapy may be the same as the analgesic therapy prior to administering tanezumab.
In some embodiments, the patient has a history of treatment with at least one, at least two, at least three, at least four or at least five prior therapies. The prior therapies may be from the same or different class of agent for treatment of cancer pain.
In some embodiments, the patient experiences some benefit from the analgesic therapy, but still requires additional pain relief. For example, despite experiencing some benefit from an analgesic therapy, the patient continues to experience cancer
pain, which may be determined by an average pain score of at least 5 for the index cancer pain site; a baseline Patient’s Global Assessment of cancer pain of “fair”, “poor” or “very poor”; or an Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) performance status score of 0, 1 or 2.
In some embodiments, the analgesic therapy comprises the administration of an opioid to the patient. In some embodiments the analgesic therapy comprises the administration of morphine to the patient.
In some embodiments, the treatment averts opioid addiction in the patient. In some embodiments, the treatment avoids administration of an opioid and averts opioid addiction.
In some embodiments the patient has a history of addiction to analgesics. In some embodiments, the patient has a history of addiction to opioids. In some embodiments, the patient has a history of addiction to morphine or tramadol.
In some embodiments, the analgesic may be selected from opioids, NSAIDs, acetaminophen. In some embodiments, the NSAID is selected from ibuprofen, naproxen, naprosyn, diclofenac, ketoprofen, tolmetin, slindac, mefenamic acid, meclofenamic acid, diflunisal, flufenisal, piroxim, sudoxicam, isoxicam; a COX-2 inhibitor selected from celecoxib, rofecoxib, DUP-697, flosulide, meloxicam, 6-methoxy-2 naphthylacetic acid, MK-966, nabumetone, nimesulide, NS-398, SC-5766, SC-58215, T-614; or combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the opioid may be any compound exhibiting morphine like biological activity. In some embodiments, the opioid analgesic is selected from: tramadol, morphine, codeine, dihydrocodeine, diacetylmorphine, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, levorphanol, oxymorphone, alfentanil, buprenorphine, butorphanol, fentanyl, sufentanyl, meperidine, methadone, nalbuphine, propoxyphene and pentazocine; or combinations thereof.
In some embodiments, the patient is not administered an NSAID during the treatment with tanezumab. In some embodiments, the patient is not administered concomitant NSAID during the treatment with tanezumab. In some embodiments the patient is not administered an NSAID for any more than 10 days in an eight-week treatment interval. In some embodiments, the patient is not administered an NSAID for 16 weeks after the last dose of tanezumab.
In some embodiments, the patient is not administered a placebo which may be an oral placebo.
In some embodiments, the patient has moderate to severe cancer pain which may be predominantly due to bone metastasis.
In some embodiments, the patient has an average pain score of greater than 5 at the index cancer site. In some embodiments, the patient has an average pain score of about 6 at the index cancer pain site. In some embodiments, the patient has an average pain score of about 7 at the index cancer pain site.
In some embodiments, the patient has an average pain score of greater than 5 at the index cancer pain site and/or has a total weekly opioid use of less than 150, 125, 100, or 75 morphine equivalents. In some embodiments, the patient has a total weekly opioid use of less than or equal to 100 morphine equivalents. In some embodiments, the patient has a total weekly opioid use of less than or equal to 99, 98, 97, 96, 95 mg of morphine equivalence. In some embodiments, the patient has a total weekly opioid use of less than or equal to 70, 65, 60, 55 or 50 morphine equivalents. In some embodiments, the patient has a total weekly opioid use of less than or equal to 60.5 morphine equivalents.
In some embodiments the patient has had cancer pain for at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, at least 6, at least 7, at least 8, at least 9, at least 10, at least 11 or at least 12 months prior to treatment with tanezumab. In one embodiment, the patient has had cancer pain for at least 3 months. In some embodiments, the patent has had cancer pain for at least 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48 or 56 months prior to treatment with tanezumab.
In some embodiments, the cancer pain is from cancer originated in bone. In some embodiments, the cancer pain is from osteosarcoma. In some embodiments, the cancer pain is from cancer metastasized to bone (i.e., bone metastasis). In some embodiments, the bone metastasis is prostate cancer metastasized to bone. In some embodiments, the bone metastasis is breast cancer metastasized to bone. In some embodiments, the bone metastasis is lung cancer metastasized to bone. In some embodiments, the bone metastasis is sarcoma metastasized to bone. In some embodiments, the bone metastasis is kidney cancer metastasized to bone. In some embodiments, the bone metastasis is multiple myeloma metastasized to bone. In some embodiments, the cancer pain is from cancer other than breast cancer, prostate cancer or lung cancer metastasized to bone. In some embodiments, the tumor is less aggressive as assessed by ECOG Performance Status Score prior to or at start of treatment. In some embodiments the ECOG Performance Status Score is less than or equal to 1 prior to or at start of treatment.
In some embodiments, the patient does not receive concomitant anti-cancer therapy.
In some embodiments, tanezumab is administered for at least two, three, four, five, six or more doses at eight weekly intervals. In some embodiments, tanezumab is administered to the patient for at least 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56, 56, 72, 80, 88 or 96 weeks. In some embodiments, tanezumab is administered to the patient for at least 16 weeks. In some embodiments tanezumab is administered to the patient for at least 24 weeks. In some embodiments tanezumab is administered to the patient for at least 48 weeks.
In some embodiments, the patient prior to treatment with tanezumab does not have osteoarthritis and/or pain associated with osteoarthritis.
In some embodiments, the patient prior to treatment with tanezumab has no or possible radiographic evidence of hip osteoarthritis (Kellgren Lawrence Grade <1) and/or does not meet the American College of Rheumatology (ACR) clinical and radiographic criteria; and/or does not have pain associated with hip osteoarthritis.
In some embodiments, the patient prior to treating with tanezumab has no symptoms and radiographic evidence of osteoarthritis of the shoulder.
In some embodiments, the patient is subjected to radiographic assessment of the knee, hip and/or shoulder prior to starting treatment with tanezumab. In some embodiments, if radiographic assessment identified rapidly progressive osteoarthritis of the joint, the patient is excluded from the treatment.
In some embodiments, the method further comprises conducting a radiographic assessment of the knee, hip and/or shoulder at regular intervals during treatment.
In some embodiments, a patient may be excluded from treatment, before or during treatment, if the patient has been diagnosed as having osteoarthritis of the knee or hip as defined by the American College of Rheumatology (ACR) clinical and radiographic criteria; having Kellgren-Lawrence Grade >2 radiographic evidence of hip osteoarthritis; and/or having Kellgren-Lawrence Grade >3 radiographic assessment of knee osteoarthritis and/or having symptoms and radiographic evidence of osteoarthritis of the shoulder.
In some embodiments, a patient may be excluded from treatment, before or during treatment, if there is radiographic evidence of any of the following conditions as determined by the central radiology reviewer and as defined in an imaging atlas at screening: 1) rapidly progressive osteoarthritis, 2) atrophic or hypotrophic osteoarthritis,
3) subchondral insufficiency fractures, 4) spontaneous osteonecrosis of the knee (SPONK), 5) osteonecrosis, or 6) pathologic fracture.
In some embodiments, a patient may be excluded from treatment, before or during treatment, if there is radiographic evidence of any of the following conditions in any screening radiograph as determined by a central radiology reviewer and as defined in an imaging atlas: excessive malalignment of the knee, severe chondrocalcinosis; other arthropathies (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis), systemic metabolic bone disease (e.g., pseudogout, Paget’s disease; metastatic calcifications), large cystic lesions, stress or traumatic fracture.
In some embodiments, patients not having satisfactory clinical response after receiving two doses do not receive further doses.
In some embodiments, the method further comprises administering an effective amount of a second therapeutic agent. In some embodiments, tanezumab may be administered in conjunction with other therapies for bone cancer, such as radiation, and chemotherapy. Tanezumab may also be administered in conjunction with other analgesics used for cancer pain. The amount of these analgesics administered for cancer pain alleviation may be reduced, comparing to the amount administered in the absence of tanezumab. Adverse effects due to these analgesics may be reduced or eliminated when they are co-administered with tanezumab.
In some embodiments, prior to treatment with tanezumab, the patient has one or more of a) cancer pain from cancer other than from breast cancer, prostate cancer or lung cancer metastasized to bone; b) an average pain score of about 6 at the index cancer pain site; c) a total weekly median opioid use of less than about 100 morphine equivalents; d) a tumor that is less aggressive as assessed by ECOG Performance Status Score; and e) no concomitant anti-cancer therapy. In some embodiments, the patient has two or more, three or more, four or more, or all of these characteristics.
In some embodiments, the patient has a tumor that is less aggressive having a ECOG Performance Status Score of less than or equal to 1. In some embodiments, the patient does not have a tumor having a ECOG Performance Status Score of 2 or more. An ECOG Performance Status Score of 2 or more is indiciative of a more aggressive tumor.
Also provided is tanezumab for use in a method of treating cancer pain as described herein. Also provided is the use of tanezumab in the manufacture of a medicament for use in a method for treating cancer pain as described herein.
In embodiments that refer to a method of treating cancer pain as described herein, such embodiments are also further embodiments of tanezumab for use in that treatment, or alternatively of the use of tanezumab in the manufacture of a medicament for use in that treatment.
Preferred features of each aspect of the invention apply equally to each other aspect mutatis mutandis.
Brief Description of the Fiqures/Drawinqs
Figure 1 is a study outline for the study described in Example 1.
Figure 2 shows the change from baseline for daily average pain intensity at the index cancer pain site up to week 8.
Figure 3 shows the change from baseline for daily average pain intensity at the index cancer pain site up to week 24.
Figure 4 shows the change in average daily pain intensity at the index cancer pain site up to week 8.
Figure 5 shows the change from baseline for daily average pain intensity at the index cancer pain site up to day 7.
Figure 6 shows response rates for daily average pain intensity at index cancer pain site at week 8.
Figure 7 shows >50% response rates over time in daily average pain intensity at index cancer pain site.
Figure 8 shows change from baseline for daily worst pain intensity at the index cancer pain site up to week 24.
Figure 9 shows average daily pain at index cancer pain site change from baseline to week 8 by primary cancer.
Figure 10 shows average daily pain at index cancer pain site change from baseline to week 8 by geographical region.
Figure 11 shows average daily pain at index cancer pain site change from baseline to week 8 by median pain score at baseline (score of 6).
Figure 12 shows average daily pain at index cancer pain site change from baseline to week 8 by median opioid use at baseline (96 mg morphine equivalence).
Figure 13 shows average daily pain at index cancer pain site change from baseline to week 8 by tumor aggressiveness.
Figure 14 shows average daily pain at index cancer pain site change from baseline to week 8 by concomitant anticancer therapy.
Detailed Description
The invention disclosed herein is directed to treatment of cancer pain predominantly due to bone metastases in patients receiving background opioid therapy.
Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention provides a method of treating cancer pain in a patient in need thereof, the method comprising administering 20 mg of tanezumab subcutaneously to the patient, wherein the patient has moderate to severe cancer pain predominantly due to bone metastasis, cancer originated in bone, or multiple myeloma, and wherein the patient has had inadequate pain relief with opioid analgesics.
In some embodiments, the patient has: i. an average Pain Score of at least 5 for the index cancer pain site; ii. a Patient's Global Assessment of Cancer Pain of "fair", "poor" or "very poor"; iii. an Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) Performance Status Score of 0, 1, or 2; and iv. no joint safety event selected from: 1) rapidly progressive osteoarthritis (type 1 or type 2), 2) atrophic or hypotrophic osteoarthritis, 3) subchondral insufficiency fracture, 4) spontaneous osteonecrosis of the knee (SPONK), 5) osteonecrosis, or 6) pathologic fracture.
General Techniques
The practice of the present invention will employ, unless otherwise indicated, conventional techniques of molecular biology (including recombinant techniques), microbiology, cell biology, biochemistry and immunology, which are within the skill of the art. Such techniques are explained fully in the literature, such as, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, second edition (Sambrook et al., 1989) Cold Spring Flarbor Press; Oligonucleotide Synthesis (M.J. Gait, ed., 1984); Methods in Molecular Biology, Flumana Press; Cell Biology: A Laboratory Notebook (J.E. Cellis, ed., 1998) Academic Press;
Animal Cell Culture (R.l. Freshney, ed, 1987); Introduction to Cell and Tissue Culture (J.P. Mather and P.E. Roberts, 1998) Plenum Press; Cell and Tissue Culture: Laboratory Procedures (A. Doyle, J.B. Griffiths, and D.G. Newell, eds., 1993-1998) J. Wiley and Sons; Methods in Enzymology (Academic Press, Inc.); Handbook of Experimental Immunology (D.M. Weir and C.C. Blackwell, eds.); Gene Transfer Vectors for Mammalian Cells (J.M. Miller and M.P. Calos, eds., 1987); Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (F.M. Ausubel et al., eds., 1987); PCR: The Polymerase Chain Reaction, (Mullis et al., eds., 1994); Current Protocols in Immunology (J.E. Coligan et al., eds., 1991); Short Protocols in Molecular Biology (Wiley and Sons, 1999); Immunobiology (C.A. Janeway and P. Travers, 1997); Antibodies (P. Finch, 1997); Antibodies: a practical approach (D. Catty., ed., IRL Press, 1988-1989); Monoclonal antibodies: a practical approach (P. Shepherd and C. Dean, eds., Oxford University Press, 2000); Using antibodies: a laboratory manual (E. Harlow and D. Lane (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1999); The Antibodies (M. Zanetti and J.D. Capra, eds., Harwood Academic Publishers, 1995).
Definitions
The following terms, unless otherwise indicated, shall be understood to have the following meanings:
An “antibody” is an immunoglobulin molecule capable of specific binding to a target, such as a carbohydrate, polynucleotide, lipid, polypeptide, etc., through at least one antigen recognition site, located in the variable region of the immunoglobulin molecule. As used herein, the term encompasses not only intact polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies, but also, unless otherwise specified, any antigen binding portion thereof that competes with the intact antibody for specific binding, fusion proteins comprising an antigen binding portion, and any other modified configuration of the immunoglobulin molecule that comprises an antigen recognition site. Antigen binding portions include, for example, Fab, Fab’, F(ab , Fd, Fv, domain antibodies (dAbs, e.g., shark and camelid antibodies), fragments including complementarity determining regions (CDRs), single chain variable fragment antibodies (scFv), maxibodies, minibodies, intrabodies, diabodies, triabodies, tetrabodies, v-NAR and bis-scFv, and polypeptides that contain at least a portion of an immunoglobulin that is sufficient to confer specific antigen binding to the polypeptide. An antibody includes an antibody of any class, such as IgG, IgA, or IgM (or sub-class thereof), and the antibody need not be of any particular class. Depending
on the antibody amino acid sequence of the constant region of its heavy chains, immunoglobulins can be assigned to different classes. There are five major classes of immunoglobulins: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, and several of these may be further divided into subclasses (isotypes), e.g., IgGi, lgG2, lgG3, lgG4, IgAi and lgA2. The heavy- chain constant regions that correspond to the different classes of immunoglobulins are called alpha, delta, epsilon, gamma, and mu, respectively. The subunit structures and three-dimensional configurations of different classes of immunoglobulins are well known.
A “variable region” of an antibody refers to the variable region of the antibody light chain or the variable region of the antibody heavy chain, either alone or in combination. As known in the art, the variable regions of the heavy and light chains each consist of four framework regions (FRs) connected by three complementarity determining regions (CDRs) also known as hypervariable regions, and contribute to the formation of the antigen binding site of antibodies. If variants of a subject variable region are desired, particularly with substitution in amino acid residues outside of a CDR region (i.e., in the framework region), appropriate amino acid substitution, preferably, conservative amino acid substitution, can be identified by comparing the subject variable region to the variable regions of other antibodies which contain CDR1 and CDR2 sequences in the same canonical class as the subject variable region (Chothia and Lesk, J Mol Biol 196(4): 901-917, 1987).
In certain embodiments, definitive delineation of a CDR and identification of residues comprising the binding site of an antibody is accomplished by solving the structure of the antibody and/or solving the structure of the antibody-ligand complex. In certain embodiments, that can be accomplished by any of a variety of techniques known to those skilled in the art, such as X-ray crystallography. In certain embodiments, various methods of analysis can be employed to identify or approximate the CDR regions. In certain embodiments, various methods of analysis can be employed to identify or approximate the CDR regions. Examples of such methods include, but are not limited to, the Kabat definition, the Chothia definition, the AbM definition, the contact definition, and the conformational definition.
The Kabat definition is a standard for numbering the residues in an antibody and is typically used to identify CDR regions. See, e.g., Johnson & Wu, 2000, Nucleic Acids Res., 28: 214-8. The Chothia definition is similar to the Kabat definition, but the Chothia definition takes into account positions of certain structural loop regions. See, e.g., Chothia
et al., 1986, J. Mol. Biol., 196: 901-17; Chothia et al., 1989, Nature, 342: 877-83. The AbM definition uses an integrated suite of computer programs produced by Oxford Molecular Group that model antibody structure. See, e.g., Martin et al., 1989, Proc Natl Acad Sci (USA), 86:9268-9272; “AbM™, A Computer Program for Modeling Variable Regions of Antibodies,” Oxford, UK; Oxford Molecular, Ltd. The AbM definition models the tertiary structure of an antibody from primary sequence using a combination of knowledge databases and ab initio methods, such as those described by Samudrala et al., 1999, “Ab Initio Protein Structure Prediction Using a Combined Hierarchical Approach,” in PROTEINS, Structure, Function and Genetics Suppl., 3:194-198. The contact definition is based on an analysis of the available complex crystal structures. See, e.g., MacCallum et al., 1996, J. Mol. Biol., 5:732-45. In another approach, referred to herein as the “conformational definition” of CDRs, the positions of the CDRs may be identified as the residues that make enthalpic contributions to antigen binding. See, e.g., Makabe et al., 2008, Journal of Biological Chemistry, 283:1156-1166. Still other CDR boundary definitions may not strictly follow one of the above approaches, but will nonetheless overlap with at least a portion of the Kabat CDRs, although they may be shortened or lengthened in light of prediction or experimental findings that particular residues or groups of residues do not significantly impact antigen binding. As used herein, a CDR may refer to CDRs defined by any approach known in the art, including combinations of approaches. The methods used herein may utilize CDRs defined according to any of these approaches. For any given embodiment containing more than one CDR, the CDRs may be defined in accordance with any of Kabat, Chothia, extended, AbM, contact, and/or conformational definitions.
As known in the art, a “constant region” of an antibody refers to the constant region of the antibody light chain or the constant region of the antibody heavy chain, either alone or in combination.
As used herein, "monoclonal antibody" refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally-occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts. Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single antigenic site. Furthermore, in contrast to polyclonal antibody preparations, which typically include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody is directed against a single
determinant on the antigen. The modifier "monoclonal" indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method. For example, the monoclonal antibodies to be used in accordance with the present invention may be made by the hybridoma method first described by Kohler and Milstein, 1975, Nature 256:495, or may be made by recombinant DNA methods such as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567. The monoclonal antibodies may also be isolated from phage libraries generated using the techniques described in McCaffertyetal., 1990, Nature 348:552-554, for example.
As used herein, "humanized" antibody refers to forms of non-human (e.g. murine) antibodies that are chimeric immunoglobulins, immunoglobulin chains, or fragments thereof (such as Fv, Fab, Fab', F(ab')2 or other antigen-binding subsequences of antibodies) that contain minimal sequence derived from non-human immunoglobulin. Preferably, humanized antibodies are human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from a CDR of the recipient are replaced by residues from a CDR of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat, or rabbit having the desired specificity, affinity, and capacity. The humanized antibody may comprise residues that are found neither in the recipient antibody nor in the imported CDR or framework sequences, but are included to further refine and optimize antibody performance.
In some instances, Fv framework region (FR) residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues. Furthermore, the humanized antibody may include residues that are found neither in the recipient antibody nor in the imported CDR or framework sequences, but are included to further refine and optimize antibody performance. In general, the humanized antibody will include substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence. The humanized antibody optimally also will include at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region or domain (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin. In some aspects of the invention the antibodies have Fc regions modified as described in PCT International Publication No. WO 99/58572. Other forms of humanized antibodies have one or more CDRs (CDR L1, CDR L2, CDR L3, CDR H 1 , CDR H2, or CDR H3) which may be altered with respect to the original antibody, which
are also termed one or more CDRs “derived from” one or more CDRs from the original antibody.
Humanization can be essentially performed following the method of Winter and co-workers (Jones et al. Nature 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al. Nature 332:323- 327 (1988); Verhoeyen et al. Science 239:1534-1536 (1988)), by substituting rodent or mutant rodent CDRs or CDR sequences for the corresponding sequences of a human antibody. See also U.S. Patent Nos. 5,225,539; 5,585,089; 5,693,761 ; 5,693,762; 5,859,205; which are incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In some instances, residues within the framework regions of one or more variable regions of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues (see, for example, U.S. Patent. Nos. 5,585,089; 5,693,761; 5,693,762; and 6,180,370). Furthermore, humanized antibodies may include residues that are not found in the recipient antibody or in the donor antibody. These modifications are made to further refine antibody performance (e.g., to obtain desired affinity). In general, the humanized antibody will include substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the hypervariable regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the framework regions are those of a human immunoglobulin sequence. The humanized antibody optionally also will include at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin. For further details see Jones et al. Nature 321 :522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al. Nature 332:323-327(1988); and Presta Curr. Op. Struct. Biol. 2:593- 596 (1992); which are incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Accordingly, such “humanized” antibodies may include antibodies wherein substantially less than an intact human variable domain has been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non human species. In practice, humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some CDR residues and possibly some framework residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies. See, for example, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,225,539; 5,585,089; 5,693,761; 5,693,762; 5,859,205. See also U.S. Patent No. 6,180,370, and PCT International Publication No. WO 01/27160, where humanized antibodies and techniques for producing humanized antibodies having improved affinity for a predetermined antigen are disclosed.
A “human antibody” is one which possesses an amino acid sequence which corresponds to that of an antibody produced by a human and/or has been made using
any of the techniques for making human antibodies as disclosed herein. This definition of a human antibody specifically excludes a humanized antibody comprising non-human antigen binding residues.
The term “chimeric antibody” is intended to refer to antibodies in which the variable region sequences are derived from one species and the constant region sequences are derived from another species, such as an antibody in which the variable region sequences are derived from a mouse antibody and the constant region sequences are derived from a human antibody.
The antibody “tanezumab” is a humanized immunoglobulin G Type 2 (lgG2) monoclonal antibody directed against human nerve growth factor (NGF). Tanezumab binds to human NGF with high affinity and specificity, and blocks the activity of NGF effectively in cell culture models. Tanezumab and/or its murine precursor have been shown to be an effective analgesic in animal models of pathological pain including arthritis, cancer pain, and post-surgical pain. Tanezumab has the sequences for the variable heavy chain region and variable light chain region of SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2, respectively. The heavy chain and light chain sequences are provided in SEQ ID NO: 9 and 10, or SEQ ID NOs: 11 and 10. The C-terminal lysine (K) of the heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9 is optional and may be processed, resulting in a heavy chain amino acid sequence lacking the C-terminal lysine (K) and having the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 11. Sequences of tanezumab are provided in Table 1 below. Tanezumab is described, as antibody E3, in W02004058184, herein incorporated by reference.
As known in the art, “polynucleotide,” or “nucleic acid,” as used interchangeably herein, refer to chains of nucleotides of any length, and include DNA and RNA. The nucleotides can be deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, modified nucleotides or bases, and/or their analogs, or any substrate that can be incorporated into a chain by DNA or RNA polymerase. A polynucleotide may comprise modified nucleotides, such as methylated nucleotides and their analogs. If present, modification to the nucleotide structure may be imparted before or after assembly of the chain. The sequence of nucleotides may be interrupted by non-nucleotide components. A polynucleotide may be further modified after polymerization, such as by conjugation with a labeling component. Other types of modifications include, for example, “caps”, substitution of one or more of the naturally occurring nucleotides with an analog, internucleotide modifications such as,
for example, those with uncharged linkages (e.g., methyl phosphonates, phosphotriesters, phosphoamidates, carbamates, etc.) and with charged linkages (e.g., phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, etc.), those containing pendant moieties, such as, for example, proteins (e.g., nucleases, toxins, antibodies, signal peptides, poly-L- lysine, etc.), those with intercalators (e.g., acridine, psoralen, etc.), those containing chelators (e.g., metals, radioactive metals, boron, oxidative metals, etc.), those containing alkylators, those with modified linkages (e.g., alpha anomeric nucleic acids, etc.), as well as unmodified forms of the polynucleotide(s). Further, any of the hydroxyl groups ordinarily present in the sugars may be replaced, for example, by phosphonate groups, phosphate groups, protected by standard protecting groups, or activated to prepare additional linkages to additional nucleotides, or may be conjugated to solid supports. The 5’ and 3’ terminal OH can be phosphorylated or substituted with amines or organic capping group moieties of from 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Other hydroxyls may also be derivatized to standard protecting groups. Polynucleotides can also contain analogous forms of ribose or deoxyribose sugars that are generally known in the art, including, for example, 2’-0-methyl-, 2’-0-allyl, 2’-fluoro- or 2’-azido-ribose, carbocyclic sugar analogs, alpha- or beta-anomeric sugars, epimeric sugars such as arabinose, xyloses or lyxoses, pyranose sugars, furanose sugars, sedoheptuloses, acyclic analogs and abasic nucleoside analogs such as methyl riboside. One or more phosphodiester linkages may be replaced by alternative linking groups. These alternative linking groups include, but are not limited to, embodiments wherein phosphate is replaced by P(0)S(“thioate”), P(S)S (“dithioate”), (0)NR2 (“amidate”), P(0)R, P(0)OR’, CO or CH2 (“formacetal”), in which each R or R’ is independently H or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (1-20 C) optionally containing an ether (-0-) linkage, aryl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or araldyl. Not all linkages in a polynucleotide need be identical. The preceding description applies to all polynucleotides referred to herein, including RNA and DNA.
An antibody that “preferentially binds” or “specifically binds” (used interchangeably herein) to an epitope is a term well understood in the art, and methods to determine such specific or preferential binding are also well known in the art. A molecule is said to exhibit “specific binding” or “preferential binding” if it reacts or associates more frequently, more rapidly, with greater duration and/or with greater affinity with a particular cell or substance than it does with alternative cells or substances. An antibody “specifically binds” or “preferentially binds” to a target if it binds with greater affinity, avidity, more readily, and/or
with greater duration than it binds to other substances. For example, an antibody that specifically or preferentially binds to a target (e.g., PD-1) epitope is an antibody that binds this epitope with greater affinity, avidity, more readily, and/or with greater duration than it binds to other target epitopes or non-target epitopes. It is also understood by reading this definition that, for example, an antibody (or moiety or epitope) that specifically or preferentially binds to a first target mayor may not specifically or preferentially bind to a second target. As such, “specific binding” or “preferential binding” does not necessarily require (although it can include) exclusive binding. Generally, but not necessarily, reference to binding means preferential binding.
As used herein, “substantially pure” refers to material which is at least 50% pure (i.e., free from contaminants), more preferably, at least 90% pure, more preferably, at least 95% pure, yet more preferably, at least 98% pure, and most preferably, at least 99% pure.
A “host cell” includes an individual cell or cell culture that can be or has been a recipient for vector(s) for incorporation of polynucleotide inserts. Host cells include progeny of a single host cell, and the progeny may not necessarily be completely identical (in morphology or in genomic DNA complement) to the original parent cell due to natural, accidental, or deliberate mutation. A host cell includes cells transfected in vivo with a polynucleotide(s) of this invention.
As known in the art, the term "Fc region" is used to define a C-terminal region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain. The "Fc region" may be a native sequence Fc region or a variant Fc region. Although the boundaries of the Fc region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain might vary, the human IgG heavy chain Fc region is usually defined to stretch from an amino acid residue at position Cys226, or from Pro230, to the carboxyl-terminus thereof. The numbering of the residues in the Fc region is that of the EU index as in Kabat. Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1991. The Fc region of an immunoglobulin generally comprises two constant domains, CH2 and CH3. As is known in the art, an Fc region can be present in dimer or monomeric form.
As used in the art, "Fc receptor" and “FcR” describe a receptor that binds to the Fc region of an antibody. The preferred FcR is a native sequence human FcR. Moreover, a preferred FcR is one which binds an IgG antibody (a gamma receptor) and includes receptors of the FcyRI, FcyRII, and FcyRIII subclasses, including allelic variants and
alternatively spliced forms of these receptors. FcyRII receptors include FcyRIIA (an "activating receptor") and FcyRIIB (an "inhibiting receptor"), which have similar amino acid sequences that differ primarily in the cytoplasmic domains thereof. FcRs are reviewed in Ravetch and Kinet, 1991, Ann. Rev. Immunol., 9:457-92; Capel et al., 1994, Immunomethods, 4:25-34; and de Flaas et al., 1995, J. Lab. Clin. Med., 126:330-41. “FcR” also includes the neonatal receptor, FcRn, which is responsible for the transfer of maternal IgGs to the fetus (Guyeret al., 1976, J. Immunol., 117:587; and Kim et al., 1994, J. Immunol., 24:249).
The term “compete”, as used herein with regard to an antibody, means that a first antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, binds to an epitope in a manner sufficiently similar to the binding of a second antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, such that the result of binding of the first antibody with its cognate epitope is detectably decreased in the presence of the second antibody compared to the binding of the first antibody in the absence of the second antibody. The alternative, where the binding of the second antibody to its epitope is also detectably decreased in the presence of the first antibody, can, but need not be the case. That is, a first antibody can inhibit the binding of a second antibody to its epitope without that second antibody inhibiting the binding of the first antibody to its respective epitope. Flowever, where each antibody detectably inhibits the binding of the other antibody with its cognate epitope or ligand, whether to the same, greater, or lesser extent, the antibodies are said to “cross-corn pete” with each other for binding of their respective epitope(s). Both competing and cross- competing antibodies are encompassed by the present invention. Regardless of the mechanism by which such competition or cross-competition occurs (e.g., steric hindrance, conformational change, or binding to a common epitope, or portion thereof), the skilled artisan would appreciate, based upon the teachings provided herein, that such competing and/or cross-competing antibodies are encompassed and can be useful for the methods disclosed herein.
A “functional Fc region” possesses at least one effector function of a native sequence Fc region. Exemplary “effector functions” include C1q binding; complement dependent cytotoxicity; Fc receptor binding; antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity; phagocytosis; down-regulation of cell surface receptors (e.g. B cell receptor), etc. Such effectorfunctions generally require the Fc region to be combined with a binding
domain (e.g. an antibody variable domain) and can be assessed using various assays known in the art for evaluating such antibody effector functions.
A “native sequence Fc region” comprises an amino acid sequence identical to the amino acid sequence of an Fc region found in nature. A “variant Fc region” comprises an amino acid sequence which differs from that of a native sequence Fc region by virtue of at least one amino acid modification, yet retains at least one effectorfunction of the native sequence Fc region. Preferably, the variant Fc region has at least one amino acid substitution compared to a native sequence Fc region or to the Fc region of a parent polypeptide, e.g. from about one to about ten amino acid substitutions, and preferably, from about one to about five amino acid substitutions in a native sequence Fc region or in the Fc region of the parent polypeptide. The variant Fc region herein will preferably possess at least about 80% sequence identity with a native sequence Fc region and/or with an Fc region of a parent polypeptide, and most preferably, at least about 90% sequence identity therewith, more preferably, at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, at least about 99% sequence identity therewith.
As used herein, “treatment” is an approach for obtaining beneficial or desired clinical results. For purposes of this invention, beneficial or desired clinical results include reduction or improvement in cancer pain, for example as compared to before administration of tanezumab.
“Ameliorating” means a lessening or improvement of cancer pain, for example as compared to not administering tanezumab as described herein. “Ameliorating” also includes shortening or reduction in duration of a symptom.
As used herein, an “effective dosage” or “effective amount” of drug, compound, or pharmaceutical composition is an amount sufficient to effect any one or more beneficial or desired results. In more specific aspects, an effective amount prevents, alleviates or ameliorates cancer pain. For prophylactic use, beneficial or desired results include eliminating or reducing the risk, lessening the severity, or delaying the outset of the disease, including biochemical, histological and/or behavioral symptoms of the disease, its complications and intermediate pathological phenotypes presenting during development of the disease. For therapeutic use, beneficial or desired results include clinical results such as reducing cancer pain, decreasing the dose of other medications required to treat the disease, enhancing the effect of another medication, and/or delaying the progression of the disease in patients. An effective dosage can be administered in
one or more administrations. For purposes of this invention, an effective dosage of drug, compound, or pharmaceutical composition is an amount sufficient to accomplish prophylactic or therapeutic treatment either directly or indirectly. As is understood in the clinical context, an effective dosage of a drug, compound, or pharmaceutical composition may or may not be achieved in conjunction with another drug, compound, or pharmaceutical composition. Thus, an “effective dosage” may be considered in the context of administering one or more therapeutic agents, and a single agent may be considered to be given in an effective amount if, in conjunction with one or more other agents, a desirable result may be or is achieved.
The term “inadequate treatment response to prior therapy” refers to a patient who has experienced an adverse event after treatment with the prior therapy; who is refractory to treatment with the prior therapy; who shows no clinically meaningful improvement in one or more measures of cancer pain with prior therapy; who experiences some benefit from prior therapy but still requires additional pain relief; who is addicted to the prior therapy (including analgesics such as opioids); and/or who is unwilling to take the prior therapy. In some embodiments, the patient has a history of inadequate pain relief from or intolerance to prior therapy, which may comprise at least three different classes of analgesics.
Treatment “effectively improves” or “effectively reduces” when assessment of the cancer pain is quantified via a clinical measure relative to baseline and during and/or after the treatment period. The difference between the clinical measure at baseline and during/after treatment is compared and used to determine whether the cancer pain has improved, and the treatment is effective. This comparison can include comparison to placebo or to one or more of the prior therapies. In one embodiment, the comparison can be to placebo or to treatment with an opioid analgesic, such as morphine or tramadol; or a NSAID, such as celecoxib. The clinical measure can be average daily pain intensity. The average daily pain intensity measure can be determined for the patient at baseline and then determined throughout the treatment period, such as at weeks 2, 4, 6, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56, or longer. Similarly, the worst daily pain intensity can also be determined in this manner. Yet further, the Patient Global Assessment (PGA) of cancer pain measure can also be determined in this manner.
In some embodiments, the treatment provides 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35% of patients with at least 30%, 50%, 70% or 90% improvement in cancer pain. In some
embodiments, the treatment provides at least 20% of patients with at least 50% improvement in cancer pain at week 8 after start of treatment.
The term “baseline” refers to a value of a cancer pain associated measure for a patient prior to administration of tanezumab as part of the treatment method. In some embodiments, the term “baseline” refers to a value of a sign or symptom associated measure for control healthy subjects that do not have cancer pain.
In some embodiments, treatment with tanezumab effectively improves cancer pain at at least 8 weeks after start of treatment with the antibody. In some embodiments, treatment effectively improves cancer pain at at least 10 weeks after start of treatment with the antibody. In some embodiments, treatment effectively improves cancer pain at at least 12 weeks after start of treatment with the antibody. In some embodiments, treatment effectively improves cancer pain at at least 14 weeks after start of treatment with the antibody. In some embodiments, treatment effectively improves cancer pain at at least 16 weeks after start of treatment with the antibody. In some embodiments, treatment effectively improves cancer pain at at least 24 weeks after start of treatment with the antibody. In some embodiments, treatment effectively improves cancer pain at at least 32 weeks after start of treatment with the antibody. In some embodiments, treatment effectively improves cancer pain at at least 40 weeks after start of treatment with the antibody. In some embodiments, treatment effectively improves cancer pain at at least 56 weeks after start of treatment with the antibody.
In some embodiments, the cancer pain is moderate to severe.
Average pain and worst pain in the index bone metastasis cancer pain site, non index cancer pain sites and average pain in painful major joints can be assessed by the subject at approximately the same time each day (or each week) with an 11 -point Numeric Rating Scale (NRS) ranging from 0 (no pain) to 10 (worst possible pain). The subjects should describe their pain in the painful site during the past 24 hours by choosing the appropriate number from 0 to 10.
The most painful site of bone metastasis is considered the index bone metastasis cancer pain site (interchangeably referred to as “index cancer pain site”). Subjects record daily pain ratings for the index bone metastasis cancer pain site.
The Patient Global Assessment (PGA) measure is a global evaluation that utilizes a 5-point Likert scale with a score of 1 being best (very good) and a score of 5 being worst (very poor).
Functional assessment tools based on performance, such as the Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) Performance Status (Oken MM, Creech RH, Tormey DC, et al. Am J Clinical Oncology 1982; 5(6):649-55) are validated and widely used tools in cancer care. The ECOG Performance Status instrument is rated on a 5- point scale, with lower scores representing higher functional status.
Kellgren-Lawrence x-ray grade is a method of classifying the severity of osteoarthritis (Kellgren and Lawrence., Ann Rheum Dis 2000: 16(4): 494-502).
The American College of Rheumatology (ACR) classification criteria for osteoarthritis (Altman, et al. Arthritis Rheum 1986; 29:1039-49) includes clinical and radiographic criteria for osteoarthritis of the hip or knee.
Rapidly progressive osteoarthritis (RPOA) of the hip was first described by Forestier in 1957 and subsequently described in a number of studies as atrophic osteoarthritis, rapidly destructive osteoarthritis, rapidly destructive arthropathy, rapidly progressive hip disease, or rapidly destructive coxarthrosis. Rapidly progressive hip osteoarthritis is characterized by subjects who typically present with hip pain, often severe, with radiographs that show rapid joint space narrowing as a result of chrondrolysis from a prior radiograph and, subsequently, an osteolytic phase with severe progressive atrophic bone destruction involving the femoral head and the acetabulum. There can be marked flattening of the femoral head and loss of subchondral bone in the weight bearing area and, in some cases, the femoral head appears sheared off. Osteophytes are typically conspicuously small or absent. Bone sclerosis is often present at sites of impaction of the femoral head and the acetabulum, subchondral detritus is invariably present and bone fragmentation and debris are commonly observed that can lead to synovitis. Lequesne proposed that subjects with 2 mm/year or greater of joint space narrowing or loss of more than 50% of the joint space within 1 year should be considered to have rapidly progressive osteoarthritis. Due to a lack of longitudinal studies, it is not clear what proportion of subjects with rapid loss of joint space (chondrolysis) will progress to have bone destruction. Rapid progression of osteoarthritis has also been described in the shoulder and the knee.
Radiographic assessments (x-rays) of both knees, both hips and both shoulders can be performed or obtained prior to treatment, at screening. Other major joints exhibiting signs or symptoms suggestive of osteoarthritis may also be imaged. A major joint is defined as a mobile synovial joint in the limbs such as shoulders, elbows, wrists,
hips, knees, ankles and excluding the joints of the toes and hands. Any joint imaged at Screening or other at risk joints identified during the study period should also be imaged.
A central radiology reader (Central Reader) may review the radiology images for assessment of eligibility including determination and identification of exclusionary joint conditions. Radiographs required at screening may be obtained at least two weeks and up to 32 days prior to the beginning of the Baseline Assessment Period (BAP) to permit central radiology review of the images and to establish subject eligibility for initial dosing with tanezumab. In some embodiments, subjects may not be permitted to start dosing with tanezumab until the screening radiographs are reviewed and eligibility is established.
The X-ray technologists, in addition to their professional training and certifications, are trained in performing the radiographic protocols for the knees, hips, and shoulders. To facilitate reproducibility and accuracy of joint space width measurement in the knees and hips, a semi -automated software and positioning frame standardized subject and joint positioning protocol can be utilized. The Core Imaging Laboratory may be responsible for working with the sites to ensure quality, standardization and reproducibility of the radiographic images/assessments made at the Screening and follow-up time-points. Additional details regarding the required X-rays may be provided in a site imaging manual.
Central radiology readers (Central Readers) may be board certified radiologists or have the international equivalent as musculoskeletal radiologists. The Central Readers may be governed by an imaging atlas and an imaging Charter which includes a specific description of the scope of their responsibilities. Central Readers may review the radiology images at Screening for assessment of eligibility (including determination of Kellgren-Lawrence Grade) and identification of exclusionary joint conditions such as rapidly progressive osteoarthritis, atrophic or hypotrophic osteoarthritis, subchondral insufficiency fractures (spontaneous osteonecrosis of the knee [SPONK]), primary osteonecrosis and pathological fractures. After start of treatment, the Central Reader may review radiology images for diagnosis of joint conditions that would warrant further evaluation by the Adjudication Committee such as possible or probable rapidly progressive osteoarthritis, subchondral insufficiency fractures (spontaneous osteonecrosis of the knee [SPONK]), primary osteonecrosis or pathological fracture.
For subjects who are identified with a possible or probable joint event (i.e., rapidly progressive osteoarthritis, subchondral insufficiency fractures, spontaneous
osteonecrosis of the knee (SPONK), primary osteonecrosis or pathological fracture) and subjects undergoing total joint replacement for any reason, all images and other source documentation may be provided to the blinded Adjudication Committee for review and adjudication of the event. The Adjudication Committee’s assessment of the event may represent the final classification of the event.
Patients may be excluded from treatment with tanezumab, during or before treatment with tanezumab, if there is radiographic evidence of any of the following conditions in any screening radiograph as determined by a central radiology reviewer and as defined in an imaging atlas: excessive malalignment of the knee, severe chondrocalcinosis; other arthropathies (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis), systemic metabolic bone disease (e.g., pseudogout, Paget’s disease; metastatic calcifications), large cystic lesions, primary or metastatic tumor lesions, stress or traumatic fracture. In some embodiments a patient may be excluded from treatment with tanezumab, before or during the treatment with tanezumab, if there is radiographic evidence of any of the following conditions as determined by the central radiology reviewer and as defined in an imaging atlas at screening: 1) rapidly progressive osteoarthritis, 2) atrophic or hypotrophic osteoarthritis, 3) subchondral insufficiency fractures, 4) spontaneous osteonecrosis of the knee (SPONK), 5) osteonecrosis, or 6) pathologic fracture.
In some embodiments a patient may be excluded from treatment, before or during treatment, with tanezumab if the patient has been diagnosed as having osteoarthritis of the knee or hip as defined by the American College of Rheumatology (ACR) clinical and radiographic criteria; having Kellgren-Lawrence Grade >2 radiographic evidence of hip osteoarthritis; and/or having Kellgren-Lawrence Grade >3 radiographic assessment of knee osteoarthritis and/or having symptoms and radiographic evidence of osteoarthritis of the shoulder. The radiographic criteria may be assessed by a Central Reader.
In some embodiments, a patient may be included for treatment with tanezumab according to the invention if the patient has one or more of a) cancer pain from cancer other than from breast cancer, prostate cancer or lung cancer metastasized to bone; b) an average pain score of about 6 at the index cancer pain site; c) a total weekly median opioid use of less than about 100 morphine equivalents; d) a tumor that is less aggressive as assessed by ECOG Performance Status (which may be less than or equal to 1); and e) no concomitant anti-cancer therapy. In some embodiments the patient has two or more, three or more, four or more, or all of these characteristics.
A “patient”, an “individual” or a "subject", used interchangeably herein, is a mammal, more preferably, a human. Mammals also include, but are not limited to, farm animals (e.g., cows, pigs, horses, chickens, etc.), sport animals, pets, primates, horses, dogs, cats, mice and rats.
As used herein, "vector" means a construct, which is capable of delivering, and, preferably, expressing, one or more gene(s) or sequence(s) of interest in a host cell. Examples of vectors include, but are not limited to, viral vectors, naked DNA or RNA expression vectors, plasmid, cosmid or phage vectors, DNA or RNA expression vectors associated with cationic condensing agents, DNA or RNA expression vectors encapsulated in liposomes, and certain eukaryotic cells, such as producer cells.
As used herein, "expression control sequence" means a nucleic acid sequence that directs transcription of a nucleic acid. An expression control sequence can be a promoter, such as a constitutive or an inducible promoter, or an enhancer. The expression control sequence is operably linked to the nucleic acid sequence to be transcribed.
As used herein, "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" or "pharmaceutical acceptable excipient" includes any material which, when combined with an active ingredient, allows the ingredient to retain biological activity and is non-reactive with the subject's immune system. Examples include, but are not limited to, any of the standard pharmaceutical carriers such as a phosphate buffered saline solution, water, emulsions such as oil/water emulsion, and various types of wetting agents. Preferred diluents for aerosol or parenteral administration are phosphate buffered saline (PBS) or normal (0.9%) saline. Compositions comprising such carriers are formulated by well-known conventional methods (see, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th edition, A. Gennaro, ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, 1990; and Remington, The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 20th Ed. Mack Publishing, 2000).
The term “effector function” refers to the biological activities attributable to the Fc region of an antibody. Examples of antibody effector functions include, but are not limited to, antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC), Fc receptor binding, complement dependent cytotoxicity (CDC), phagocytosis, C1q binding, and down regulation of cell surface receptors (e.g., B cell receptor; BCR). See, e.g., U.S. Pat No. 6,737,056. Such effector functions generally require the Fc region to be combined with a binding domain (e.g., an antibody variable domain) and can be assessed using various
assays known in the art for evaluating such antibody effector functions. An exemplary measurement of effector function is through Fcy3 and/or C1q binding.
As used herein “antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity” or “ADCC” refers to a cell-mediated reaction in which nonspecific cytotoxic cells that express Fc receptors (FcRs) (e.g. natural killer (NK) cells, neutrophils, and macrophages) recognize bound antibody on a target cell and subsequently cause lysis of the target cell. ADCC activity of a molecule of interest can be assessed using an in vitro ADCC assay, such as that described in U.S. Patent No. 5,500,362 or 5,821,337. Useful effector cells for such assays include peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) and NK cells. Alternatively, or additionally, ADCC activity of the molecule of interest may be assessed in vivo, e.g., in an animal model such as that disclosed in Clynes et al., 1998, PNAS (USA), 95:652- 656.
“Complement dependent cytotoxicity” or “CDC” refers to the lysing of a target in the presence of complement. The complement activation pathway is initiated by the binding of the first component of the complement system (C1q) to a molecule (e.g. an antibody) complexed with a cognate antigen. To assess complement activation, a CDC assay, e.g. as described in Gazzano-Santoro et al., J. Immunol. Methods, 202: 163 (1996), may be performed.
The term "kon" or “ka”, as used herein, refers to the rate constant for association of an antibody to an antigen. Specifically, the rate constants (kon or ka and koff or kd) and equilibrium dissociation constants are measured using whole antibody (i.e. bivalent) and monomeric proteins.
The term "koff" or “kd”, as used herein, refers to the rate constant for dissociation of an antibody from the antibody/antigen complex.
The term "KD", as used herein, refers to the equilibrium dissociation constant of an antibody-antigen interaction.
Reference to “about” a value or parameter herein includes (and describes) embodiments that are directed to that value or parameter per se. For example, description referring to “about X” includes description of “X.” Numeric ranges are inclusive of the numbers defining the range. Generally speaking, the term “about” refers to the indicated value of the variable and to all values of the variable that are within the experimental error of the indicated value (e.g. within the 95% confidence interval for the mean) or within 10 percent of the indicated value, whichever is greater. Where the term
“about” is used within the context of a time period (years, months, weeks, days etc.), the term “about” means that period of time plus or minus one amount of the next subordinate time period (e.g. about 1 year means 11-13 months; about 6 months means 6 months plus or minus 1 week; about 1 week means 6-8 days; etc.), or within 10 per cent of the indicated value, whichever is greater.
The term “subcutaneous administration” refers to the administration of a substance into the subcutaneous layer.
The term “preventing” or “prevent” refers to (a) keeping a disorder from occurring or (b) delaying the onset of a disorder or onset of symptoms of a disorder.
It is understood that wherever embodiments are described herein with the language “comprising,” otherwise analogous embodiments described in terms of “consisting of” and/or “consisting essentially of” are also provided.
Where aspects or embodiments of the invention are described in terms of a Markush group or other grouping of alternatives, the present invention encompasses not only the entire group listed as a whole, but each member of the group individually and all possible subgroups of the main group, but also the main group absent one or more of the group members. The present invention also envisages the explicit exclusion of one or more of any of the group members in the claimed invention.
Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. In case of conflict, the present specification, including definitions, will control. Throughout this specification and claims, the word "comprise," or variations such as "comprises" or "comprising" will be understood to imply the inclusion of astated integer or group of integers but not the exclusion of any other integer or group of integers. Unless otherwise required by context, singular terms shall include pluralities and plural terms shall include the singular. Any example(s) following the term “e.g.” or “for example” is not meant to be exhaustive or limiting.
Exemplary methods and materials are described herein, although methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can also be used in the practice or testing of the present invention. The materials, methods, and examples are illustrative only and not intended to be limiting.
Tanezumab
Provided herein is tanezumab for use in the methods of treatment as described herein.
Tanezumab is a humanized immunoglobulin G Type 2 (lgG2) monoclonal antibody, derived from a murine precursor with a mutation in the Fc portion of the antibody to decrease its ability to activate complement or to support antibody dependent cell- mediated cytotoxicity. Tanezumab is highly potent in sequestering NGF and preventing interaction with the trkA or p75 receptors.
Exemplary antibody sequences for tanezumab include, but are not limited to, the sequences listed below.
[* C-terminal lysine (K) of the heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9 is optional]
The antibodies as described herein can be made by any method known in the art. An antibody may be made recombinantly using a suitable host cell. A nucleic acid
encoding an anti-NGF antibody of the present disclosure can be cloned into an expression vector, which can then be introduced into a host cell, where the cell does not otherwise produce an immunoglobulin protein, to obtain the synthesis of an antibody in the recombinant host cell. Any host cell susceptible to cell culture, and to expression of protein or polypeptides, may be utilized in accordance with the present invention. In certain embodiments, the host cell is mammalian. Mammalian cell lines available as hosts for expression are well known in the art and include many immortalized cell lines available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC). Nonlimiting exemplary mammalian cells include, but are not limited to, NS0 cells, HEK 293 and Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, and their derivatives, such as 293-6E and CHO DG44 cells, CHO DXB11, and Potelligent® CHOK1SV cells (BioWa/Lonza, Allendale, NJ). Mammalian host cells also include, but are not limited to, human cervical carcinoma cells (HeLa, ATCC CCL 2), baby hamster kidney (BHK, ATCC CCL 10) cells, monkey kidney cells (COS), and human hepatocellular carcinoma cells (e.g., Hep G2). Other non-limiting examples of mammalian cells that may be used in accordance with the present invention include human retinoblasts (PER.C6®; CruCell, Leiden, The Netherlands); monkey kidney CV1 line transformed by SV40 (COS-7, ATCC CRL 1651); human embryonic kidney line 293 (HEK 293) or 293 cells subcloned for growth in suspension culture (Graham et al., J. Gen Virol. 1997; 36:59); mouse sertoli cells (TM4, Mather, Biol. Reprod. 1980; 23:243-251); monkey kidney cells (CV1 ATCC CCL 70); African green monkey kidney cells (VERO-76, ATCC CRL-1 587); canine kidney cells (MDCK, ATCC CCL 34); buffalo rat liver cells (BRL 3A, ATCC CRL 1442); human lung cells (W138, ATCC CCL 75); human liver cells (Hep G2, HB 8065); mouse mammary tumor (MMT 060562, ATCC CCL51); TR1 cells (Mather et al., Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci. 1982; 383:44-68); MRC 5 cells; FS4 cells; a human hepatoma line (Hep G2); and numerous myeloma cell lines, including, but not limited to, BALB/c mouse myeloma line (NS0/1, ECACC No: 85110503), NS0 cells and Sp2/0 cells.
Additionally, any number of commercially and non-commercially available cell lines that express polypeptides or proteins may be utilized. One skilled in the art will appreciate that different cell lines might have different nutrition requirements and/or might require different culture conditions for optimal growth and polypeptide or protein expression and will be able to modify conditions as needed.
For the production of hybridoma cell lines, the route and schedule of immunization of the host animal are generally in keeping with established and conventional techniques for antibody stimulation and production, as further described herein. General techniques for production of human and mouse antibodies are known in the art and/or are described herein.
It is contemplated that any mammalian subject including humans or antibody producing cells therefrom can be manipulated to serve as the basis for production of mammalian, including human and hybridoma cell lines. Typically, the host animal is inoculated intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, orally, subcutaneously, intraplantar, and/or intradermally with an amount of immunogen, including as described herein.
Hybridomas can be prepared from the lymphocytes and immortalized myeloma cells using the general somatic cell hybridization technique of Kohler, B. and Milstein, C., Nature 256:495-497, 1975 or as modified by Buck, D. W., et al., In Vitro, 18:377-381 , 1982. Available myeloma lines, including but not limited to X63-Ag8.653 and those from the Salk Institute, Cell Distribution Center, San Diego, Calif., USA, may be used in the hybridization. Generally, the technique involves fusing myeloma cells and lymphoid cells using a fusogen such as polyethylene glycol, or by electrical means well known to those skilled in the art. After the fusion, the cells are separated from the fusion medium and grown in a selective growth medium, such as hypoxanthine-aminopterin-thymidine (HAT) medium, to eliminate unhybridized parent cells. Any of the media described herein, supplemented with or without serum, can be used for culturing hybridomas that secrete monoclonal antibodies. As another alternative to the cell fusion technique, EBV immortalized B cells may be used to produce the monoclonal antibodies of the subject invention. The hybridomas are expanded and subcloned, if desired, and supernatants are assayed for anti-immunogen activity by conventional immunoassay procedures (e.g., radioimmunoassay, enzyme immunoassay, or fluorescence immunoassay).
Hybridomas that may be used as source of antibodies encompass all derivatives, progeny cells of the parent hybridomas that produce monoclonal antibodies.
Hybridomas that produce antibodies used for the present invention may be grown in vitro or in vivo using known procedures. The monoclonal antibodies may be isolated from the culture media or body fluids, by conventional immunoglobulin purification procedures such as ammonium sulfate precipitation, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, chromatography, and ultrafiltration, if desired. Undesired activity, if present, can be
removed, for example, by running the preparation over adsorbents made of the immunogen attached to a solid phase and eluting or releasing the desired antibodies off the immunogen. Immunization of a host animal with cells expressing the antibody target (e.g., PD-1), a human target protein (e.g., PD-1), or a fragment containing the target amino acid sequence conjugated to a protein that is immunogenic in the species to be immunized, e.g., keyhole limpet hemocyanin, serum albumin, bovine thyroglobulin, or soybean trypsin inhibitor using a bifunctional or derivatizing agent, for example, maleimidobenzoyl sulfosuccinimide ester (conjugation through cysteine residues), N- hydroxysuccinimide (through lysine residues), glutaraldehyde, succinic anhydride, SOCI2, or R1N=C=NR, where R and R1 are different alkyl groups, can yield a population of antibodies (e.g., monoclonal antibodies).
If desired, the antibody (monoclonal or polyclonal) of interest may be sequenced and the polynucleotide sequence may then be cloned into a vector for expression or propagation. The sequence encoding the antibody of interest may be maintained in vector in a host cell and the host cell can then be expanded and frozen for future use. Production of recombinant monoclonal antibodies in cell culture can be carried out through cloning of antibody genes from B cells by means known in the art. See, e.g. Tiller et al., J. Immunol. Methods 329, 112, 2008; U.S. Pat. No. 7,314,622.
In some embodiments, antibodies may be made using hybridoma technology. It is contemplated that any mammalian subject including humans or antibody producing cells therefrom can be manipulated to serve as the basis for production of mammalian, including human, hybridoma cell lines. The route and schedule of immunization of the host animal are generally in keeping with established and conventional techniques for antibody stimulation and production, as further described herein. Typically, the host animal is inoculated intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, orally, subcutaneously, intraplantar, and/or intradermally with an amount of immunogen, including as described herein.
In some embodiments, antibodies as described herein are glycosylated at conserved positions in their constant regions (Jefferis and Lund, 1997, Chem. Immunol. 65:111-128; Wright and Morrison, 1997, TibTECH 15:26-32). The oligosaccharide side chains of the immunoglobulins affect the protein’s function (Boyd et al., 1996, Mol. Immunol. 32:1311-1318; Wittwe and Howard, 1990, Biochem. 29:4175-4180) and the intramolecular interaction between portions of the glycoprotein, which can affect the
conformation and presented three-dimensional surface of the glycoprotein (Jefferis and Lund, supra; Wyss and Wagner, 1996, Current Opin. Biotech. 7:409-416). Oligosaccharides may also serve to target a given glycoprotein to certain molecules based upon specific recognition structures. Glycosylation of antibodies has also been reported to affect antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC). In particular, antibodies produced by CHO cells with tetracycline-regulated expression of b(1,4)-N- acetylglucosaminyltransf erase III (GnTIII), a glycosyltransf erase catalyzing formation of bisecting GlcNAc, was reported to have improved ADCC activity (Umana et al., 1999, Nature Biotech. 17:176-180).
Glycosylation of antibodies is typically either N-linked or O-linked. N-linked refers to the attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the side chain of an asparagine residue. The tripeptide sequences asparagine-X-serine, asparagine-X-threonine, and asparagine-X-cysteine, where X is any amino acid except proline, are the recognition sequences for enzymatic attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the asparagine side chain. Thus, the presence of either of these tripeptide sequences in a polypeptide creates a potential glycosylation site. O-linked glycosylation refers to the attachment of one of the sugars N-acetylgalactosamine, galactose, or xylose to a hydroxyamino acid, most commonly serine or threonine, although 5-hydroxyproline or 5-hydroxylysine may also be used.
Addition of glycosylation sites to the antibody is conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that it contains one or more of the above- described tripeptide sequences (for N-linked glycosylation sites). The alteration may also be made by the addition of, or substitution by, one or more serine or threonine residues to the sequence of the original antibody (for O-linked glycosylation sites).
The glycosylation pattern of antibodies may also be altered without altering the underlying nucleotide sequence. Glycosylation largely depends on the host cell used to express the antibody. Since the cell type used for expression of recombinant glycoproteins, e.g. antibodies, as potential therapeutics is rarely the native cell, variations in the glycosylation pattern of the antibodies can be expected (see, e.g. Hse et al., 1997, J. Biol. Chem. 272:9062-9070).
In addition to the choice of host cells, factors that affect glycosylation during recombinant production of antibodies include growth mode, media formulation, culture density, oxygenation, pH, purification schemes and the like. Various methods have been
proposed to alter the glycosylation pattern achieved in a particular host organism including introducing or overexpressing certain enzymes involved in oligosaccharide production (U.S. Patent Nos. 5,047,335; 5,510,261 and 5,278,299). Glycosylation, or certain types of glycosylation, can be enzymatically removed from the glycoprotein, for example, using endoglycosidase H (Endo H), N-glycosidase F, endoglycosidase F1, endoglycosidase F2, endoglycosidase F3. In addition, the recombinant host cell can be genetically engineered to be defective in processing certain types of polysaccharides. These and similar techniques are well known in the art.
Other methods of modification include using coupling techniques known in the art, including, but not limited to, enzymatic means, oxidative substitution and chelation. Modifications can be used, for example, for attachment of labels for immunoassay. Modified polypeptides are made using established procedures in the art and can be screened using standard assays known in the art, some of which are described below and in the Examples.
Polynucleotides, vectors, and host cells
The invention also provides polynucleotides encoding any of the anti-NGF antibodies as described herein. In one aspect, the invention provides a method of making any of the polynucleotides described herein. Polynucleotides can be made and expressed by procedures known in the art.
In another aspect, the invention provides compositions (such as a pharmaceutical compositions) comprising any of the polynucleotides of the invention. In some embodiments, the composition comprises an expression vector comprising a polynucleotide encoding any of the anti-NGF antibodies described herein.
In another aspect, provided is an isolated cell line that produces the anti-NGF antibodies as described herein.
Polynucleotides complementary to any such sequences are also encompassed by the present invention. Polynucleotides may be single-stranded (coding or antisense) or double-stranded, and may be DNA (genomic, cDNAor synthetic) or RNA molecules. RNA molecules include FlnRNA molecules, which contain introns and correspond to a DNA molecule in a one-to-one manner, and mRNA molecules, which do not contain introns. Additional coding or non-coding sequences may, but need not, be present within a
polynucleotide of the present invention, and a polynucleotide may, but need not, be linked to other molecules and/or support materials.
Polynucleotides may comprise a native sequence (i.e., an endogenous sequence that encodes an antibody or a fragment thereof) or may comprise a variant of such a sequence. Polynucleotide variants contain one or more substitutions, additions, deletions and/or insertions such that the immunoreactivity of the encoded polypeptide is not diminished, relative to a native immunoreactive molecule. The effect on the immunoreactivity of the encoded polypeptide may generally be assessed as described herein. Variants preferably exhibit at least about 70% identity, more preferably, at least about 80% identity, yet more preferably, at least about 90% identity, and most preferably, at least about 95% identity to a polynucleotide sequence that encodes a native antibody or a fragment thereof.
Two polynucleotide or polypeptide sequences are said to be "identical" if the sequence of nucleotides or amino acids in the two sequences is the same when aligned for maximum correspondence as described below. Comparisons between two sequences are typically performed by comparing the sequences over a comparison window to identify and compare local regions of sequence similarity. A "comparison window" as used herein, refers to a segment of at least about 20 contiguous positions, usually 30 to about 75, or 40 to about 50, in which a sequence may be compared to a reference sequence of the same number of contiguous positions after the two sequences are optimally aligned.
Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison may be conducted using the MegAlign® program in the Lasergene® suite of bioinformatics software (DNASTAR®, Inc., Madison, Wl), using default parameters. This program embodies several alignment schemes described in the following references: Dayhoff, M.O., 1978, A model of evolutionary change in proteins - Matrices for detecting distant relationships. In Dayhoff, M.O. (ed.) Atlas of Protein Sequence and Structure, National Biomedical Research Foundation, Washington DC Vol. 5, Suppl. 3, pp. 345-358; Hein J., 1990, Unified Approach to Alignment and Phylogenes pp. 626-645 Methods in Enzymology vol. 183, Academic Press, Inc., San Diego, CA; Higgins, D.G. and Sharp, P.M., 1989, CABIOS 5:151-153; Myers, E.W. and Muller W„ 1988, CABIOS 4:11-17; Robinson, E.D., 1971, Comb. Theor. 11 :105; Santou, N., Nes, M., 1987, Mol. Biol. Evol. 4:406-425; Sneath, P.H.A. and Sokal, R.R., 1973, Numerical Taxonomy the Principles and Practice of
Numerical Taxonomy, Freeman Press, San Francisco, CA; Wilbur, W.J. and Lipman, D.J., 1983, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 80:726-730.
Preferably, the "percentage of sequence identity" is determined by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over a window of comparison of at least 20 positions, wherein the portion of the polynucleotide or polypeptide sequence in the comparison window may comprise additions or deletions (i.e., gaps) of 20 percent or less, usually 5 to 15 percent, or 10 to 12 percent, as compared to the reference sequences (which does not comprise additions or deletions) for optimal alignment of the two sequences. The percentage is calculated by determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid bases or amino acid residue occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the reference sequence (i.e. the window size) and multiplying the results by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity.
Variants may also, or alternatively, be substantially homologous to a native gene, or a portion or complement thereof. Such polynucleotide variants are capable of hybridizing under moderately stringent conditions to a naturally occurring DNA sequence encoding a native antibody (or a complementary sequence).
Suitable “moderately stringent conditions” include prewashing in a solution of 5 X SSC, 0.5% SDS, 1.0 mM EDTA (pH 8.0); hybridizing at 50°C-65°C, 5 X SSC, overnight; followed by washing twice at 65°C for 20 minutes with each of 2X, 0.5X and 0.2X SSC containing 0.1 % SDS.
As used herein, "highly stringent conditions" or "high stringency conditions" are those that: (1) employ low ionic strength and high temperature for washing, for example 0.015 M sodium chloride/0.0015 M sodium citrate/0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate at 50°C; (2) employ during hybridization a denaturing agent, such as formamide, for example, 50% (v/v) formamide with 0.1% bovine serum albumin/0.1% Ficoll/0.1% polyvinylpyrrolidone/50 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH 6.5 with 750 mM sodium chloride, 75 mM sodium citrate at42°C; or (3) employ 50% formamide, 5 x SSC (0.75 M NaCI, 0.075 M sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 6.8), 0.1% sodium pyrophosphate, 5 x Denhardt’s solution, sonicated salmon sperm DNA (50 pg/ml), 0.1% SDS, and 10% dextran sulfate at 42°C, with washes at 42°C in 0.2 x SSC (sodium chloride/sodium citrate) and 50% formamide at 55°C, followed by a high-stringency wash consisting of 0.1 x SSC containing EDTA at 55°C. The skilled artisan will recognize how
to adjust the temperature, ionic strength, etc. as necessary to accommodate factors such as probe length and the like.
It will be appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art that, as a result of the degeneracy of the genetic code, there are many nucleotide sequences that encode a polypeptide as described herein. Some of these polynucleotides bear minimal homology to the nucleotide sequence of any native gene. Nonetheless, polynucleotides that vary due to differences in codon usage are specifically contemplated by the present invention. Further, alleles of the genes comprising the polynucleotide sequences provided herein are within the scope of the present invention. Alleles are endogenous genes that are altered as a result of one or more mutations, such as deletions, additions and/or substitutions of nucleotides. The resulting mRNA and protein may, but need not, have an altered structure or function. Alleles may be identified using standard techniques (such as hybridization, amplification and/or database sequence comparison).
The polynucleotides of this invention can be obtained using chemical synthesis, recombinant methods, or PCR. Methods of chemical polynucleotide synthesis are well known in the art and need not be described in detail herein. One of skill in the art can use the sequences provided herein and a commercial DN A synthesizer to produce a desired DNA sequence.
For preparing polynucleotides using recombinant methods, a polynucleotide comprising a desired sequence can be inserted into a suitable vector, and the vector in turn can be introduced into a suitable host cell for replication and amplification, as further discussed herein. Polynucleotides may be inserted into host cells by any means known in the art. Cells are transformed by introducing an exogenous polynucleotide by direct uptake, endocytosis, transfection, F-mating or electroporation. Once introduced, the exogenous polynucleotide can be maintained within the cell as a non-integrated vector (such as a plasmid) or integrated into the host cell genome. The polynucleotide so amplified can be isolated from the host cell by methods well known within the art. See, e.g., Sambrook et al., 1989.
Alternatively, PCR allows reproduction of DNA sequences. PCR technology is well known in the art and is described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,683,195, 4,800,159, 4,754,065 and 4,683,202, as well as PCR: The Polymerase Chain Reaction, Mullis et al. eds., Birkauswer Press, Boston, 1994.
RNA can be obtained by using the isolated DNA in an appropriate vector and inserting it into a suitable host cell. When the cell replicates and the DNA is transcribed into RNA, the RNA can then be isolated using methods well known to those of skill in the art, as set forth in Sambrook et al., 1989, supra, for example.
Suitable cloning vectors may be constructed according to standard techniques, or may be selected from a large number of cloning vectors available in the art. While the cloning vector selected may vary according to the host cell intended to be used, useful cloning vectors will generally have the ability to self-replicate, may possess a single target for a particular restriction endonuclease, and/or may carry genes for a marker that can be used in selecting clones containing the vector. Suitable examples include plasmids and bacterial viruses, e.g., pUC18, pUC19, Bluescript (e.g., pBSSK+) and its derivatives, mp18, mp19, pBR322, pMB9, ColE1, pCR1, RP4, phage DNAs, and shuttle vectors such as pSA3 and pAT28. These and many other cloning vectors are available from commercial vendors such as BioRad, Strategene, and Invitrogen.
Expression vectors are further provided. Expression vectors generally are replicable polynucleotide constructs that contain a polynucleotide according to the invention. It is implied that an expression vector must be replicable in the host cells either as episomes or as an integral part of the chromosomal DNA. Suitable expression vectors include but are not limited to plasmids, viral vectors, including adenoviruses, adeno- associated viruses, retroviruses, cosmids, and expression vector(s) disclosed in PCT Publication No. WO 87/04462. Vector components may generally include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: a signal sequence; an origin of replication; one or more marker genes; suitable transcriptional controlling elements (such as promoters, enhancers and terminator). For expression (i.e., translation), one or more translational controlling elements are also usually required, such as ribosome binding sites, translation initiation sites, and stop codons.
The vectors containing the polynucleotides of interest can be introduced into the host cell by any of a number of appropriate means, including electroporation, transfection employing calcium chloride, rubidium chloride, calcium phosphate, DEAE-dextran, or other substances; microprojectile bombardment; lipofection; and infection (e.g., where the vector is an infectious agent such as vaccinia virus). The choice of introducing vectors or polynucleotides will often depend on features of the host cell.
The invention also provides host cells comprising any of the polynucleotides
described herein. Any host cells capable of over-expressing heterologous DNAs can be used for the purpose of isolating the genes encoding the antibody, polypeptide or protein of interest. Non-limiting examples of mammalian host cells include but not limited to COS, HeLa, and CHO cells. See also PCT Publication No. WO 87/04462. Suitable non mammalian host cells include prokaryotes (such as E. coli or B. subtiHis) and yeast (such as S. cerevisae, S. pombe or K. lactis ). Preferably, the host cells express the cDNAs at a level of about 5 fold higher, more preferably, 10 fold higher, even more preferably, 20 fold higher than that of the corresponding endogenous antibody or protein of interest, if present, in the host cells. Screening the host cells for a specific binding to NGFis effected by an immunoassay or FACS. A cell overexpressing the antibody or protein of interest can be identified.
The invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising an effective amount of tanezumab as described herein, and such pharmaceutical compositions for use in methods of treatment as described herein. Examples of such compositions, as well as how to formulate, are also described herein.
It is understood that the compositions can comprise more than one anti-NGF antibody.
The composition used in the present invention can further comprise pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers (Remington: The Science and practice of Pharmacy 20th Ed., 2000, Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, Ed. K. E. Floover), in the form of lyophilized formulations or aqueous solutions. Acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers are nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations, and may comprise buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine; preservatives (such as octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride; hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride; phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens such as methyl or propyl paraben; catechol; resorcinol; cyclohexanol; 3-pentanol; and m-cresol); low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, histidine, arginine, or lysine; monosaccharides, disaccharides, and other carbohydrates including glucose, mannose,
or dextrans; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugars such as sucrose, mannitol, trehalose or sorbitol; salt-forming counter-ions such as sodium; metal complexes (e.g. Zn-protein complexes); and/or non-ionic surfactants such as TWEEN™, PLURONICS™ or polyethylene glycol (PEG). Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients are further described herein.
Tanezumab, and compositions thereof, can also be used in conjunction with, or administered separately, simultaneously, or sequentially with other agents that serve to enhance and/or complement the effectiveness of the agents.
Methods for treating cancer pain
In one aspect, the invention provides a method for treating cancer pain in a patient as defined herein.
In some embodiments, the methods described herein further comprise a step of treating a subject with an additional form of therapy.
In some embodiments, the method described herein does not comprise administration of an NSAID to the patient. In some embodiments, the method described herein does not comprise administration of an opioid to the patient.
With respect to all methods described herein, reference to anti-NGF antibodies also includes compositions comprising one or more additional agents. These compositions may further comprise suitable excipients, such as pharmaceutically acceptable excipients including buffers, which are well known in the art. The present invention can be used alone or in combination with other methods of treatment.
Various formulations of an anti-NGF antibody may be used for administration. Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients are known in the art, and are relatively inert substances that facilitate administration of a pharmacologically effective substance. For example, an excipient can give form or consistency, or act as a diluent. Suitable excipients include but are not limited to stabilizing agents, wetting and emulsifying agents, salts for varying osmolarity, encapsulating agents, buffers, and skin penetration enhancers. Excipients as well as formulations for parenteral and nonparenteral drug delivery are set forth in Remington, The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 20th Ed. Mack Publishing, 2000.
In some embodiments, these agents are formulated for administration by injection (e.g., intraperitoneally, intravenously, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, intraarticularly,
epidurally, intrathecally, injection into the intervertebral disc, etc.). Accordingly, these agents can be combined with pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles such as saline, Ringer’s solution, dextrose solution, and the like. The particular dosage regimen, i.e., dose, timing and repetition, will depend on the particular individual and that individual’s medical history.
In some embodiments tanezumab is administered in a formulation described in WO201 0/032220, herein incorporated by reference.
In some embodiments, the formulation is a liquid formulation and comprises an anti-NGF antibody at a concentration of about 20 mg/ml; and a histidine buffer.
In some embodiments, the formulation further comprises a surfactant which may be polysorbate 20. In some embodiments, the formulation further comprises trehalose dehydrate or sucrose. In some embodiments, the formulation further comprises a chelating agent, which may be EDTA; in some embodiments disodium EDTA. In some embodiments, the formulation is of pH 6.0 ± 0.3.
In some embodiments, the formulation comprises about 20 mg/ml tanezumab; about 10 mM histidine buffer; about 84 mg/ml trehalose dehydrate; about 0.1 mg/ml Polysorbate 20; about 0.05 mg/mldisodium EDTA; wherein the formulation is of a pH 6.0 ± 0.3.
In some embodiments, the formulation has a total volume of about 1 ml.
In some embodiments the formulation is contained in a glass or plastic vial or syringe. In some embodiments the formulation is contained in a pre-filled glass or plastic vial or syringe.
Tanezumab can be administered every eight weeks. For repeated administrations over several doses, the treatment is sustained until a desired suppression of signs and symptoms of cancer pain occurs. The progress of this therapy can be monitored by conventional techniques and assays.
The dosing regimen can vary over time. For example, in some embodiments, the dosage is 20 mg administered every eight weeks. In some embodiments the dosage can be decreased or increased subsequent administrations. For example, the dosage of 20 mg can be administered at start of therapy and then a dosage of 10 mg can be administered at eight weeks, with a dosage of 10 mg being administered at sixteen weeks and each subsequent eight weekly dosage. In addition, as another example, the dosage of 20 mg can be administered at start of therapy and at eight weeks, with a dosage of 10
mg being administered at sixteen weeks and each subsequent eight weekly dosage. In addition, as another example, the 20 mg dosage can be administered at start of therapy and then for one, two, or more eight weekly dosages before subsequent dosages of 10 mg every eight weeks are administered.
In some embodiments a loading dose (or induction dose) is administered followed by the administration of maintenance doses at a lower amount or at lower frequency.
Administration of tanezumab as described herein in accordance with the method in the present invention can be continuous or intermittent, depending, for example, upon the recipient’s physiological condition, whether the purpose of the administration is therapeutic or prophylactic, and other factors known to skilled practitioners. The administration of tanezumab may be essentially continuous over a preselected period of time or may be in a series of spaced doses.
In some embodiments, more than one anti-NGF antibody may be present. At least one, at least two, at least three, at least four, at least five different, or more anti-NGF antibodies can be present. Generally, those anti-NGF antibodies may have complementary activities that do not adversely affect each other.
In some embodiments, tanezumab may be administered in combination with the administration of one or more additional therapeutic agents.
In some embodiments, tanezumab administration is combined with a treatment regimen further comprising a traditional therapy including surgery.
Formulations
Therapeutic formulations of the anti-NGF antibody used in accordance with the present invention are prepared for storage by mixing the protein having the desired degree of purity with optional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients or stabilizers (Remington, The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 20th Ed. Mack Publishing, 2000), in the form of lyophilized formulations or aqueous solutions. Acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers are nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed, and may comprise buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; salts such as sodium chloride; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine; preservatives (such as octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride; hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride; phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens, such as methyl or propyl paraben; catechol; resorcinol; cyclohexanol; 3-
pentanol; and m-cresol); low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, histidine, arginine, or lysine; monosaccharides, disaccharides, and other carbohydrates including glucose, mannose, or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugars such as sucrose, mannitol, trehalose or sorbitol; salt-forming counter-ions such as sodium; metal complexes (e.g. Zn-protein complexes); and/or non-ionic surfactants such as TWEEN™, PLURONICS™ or polyethylene glycol (PEG).
Liposomes containing the anti-NGF antibody are prepared by methods known in the art, such as described in Epstein, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:3688 (1985); Hwang, et al., Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 77:4030 (1980); and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,485,045 and 4,544,545. Liposomes with enhanced circulation time are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,013,556. Particularly useful liposomes can be generated by the reverse phase evaporation method with a lipid composition comprising phosphatidylcholine, cholesterol and PEG-derivatized phosphatidylethanolamine (PEG-PE). Liposomes are extruded through filters of defined pore size to yield liposomes with the desired diameter.
The active ingredients may also be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-(methylmethacrylate) microcapsules, respectively, in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions. Such techniques are disclosed in Remington, The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 20th Ed. Mack Publishing (2000).
Sustained-release preparations may be prepared. Suitable examples of sustained-release preparations include semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the antibody, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g. films, or microcapsules. Examples of sustained-release matrices include polyesters, hydrogels (for example, poly(2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate), or poly(vinylalcohol)), polylactides (U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,919), copolymers of L-glutamic acid and 7 ethyl-L- glutamate, non-degradable ethylene-vinyl acetate, degradable lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymers such as the LUPRON DEPOT™ (injectable microspheres composed of lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymer and leuprolide acetate), sucrose acetate isobutyrate, and poly-D-(-)-3-hydroxybutyric acid.
The formulations to be used for in vivo administration must be sterile. This is readily accomplished by, for example, filtration through sterile filtration membranes. Therapeutic anti-NGF antibody compositions are generally placed into a container having a sterile access port, for example, an intravenous solution bag or vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle.
The compositions according to the present invention may be in unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills, capsules, powders, granules, solutions or suspensions, or suppositories, for oral, parenteral or rectal administration, or administration by inhalation or insufflation.
For preparing solid compositions such as tablets, the principal active ingredient is mixed with a pharmaceutical carrier, e.g. conventional tableting ingredients such as corn starch, lactose, sucrose, sorbitol, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, dicalcium phosphate or gums, and other pharmaceutical diluents, e.g. water, to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound of the present invention, ora non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. When referring to these preformulation compositions as homogeneous, it is meant that the active ingredient is dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be readily subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules. This solid preformulation composition is then subdivided into unit dosage forms of the type described above containing from about 0.1 to about 500 mg of the active ingredient of the present invention. The tablets or pills of the novel composition can be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action. For example, the tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former. The two components can be separated by an enteric layer that serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permits the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release. A variety of materials can be used for such enteric layers or coatings, such materials including a number of polymeric acids and mixtures of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol and cellulose acetate.
Suitable surface-active agents include, in particular, non-ionic agents, such as polyoxyethylenesorbitans (e.g. Tween™ 20, 40, 60, 80 or 85) and other sorbitans (e.g. Span™ 20, 40, 60, 80 or 85). Compositions with a surface-active agent will conveniently comprise between 0.05 and 5% surface-active agent, and can be between 0.1 and 2.5%.
It will be appreciated that other ingredients may be added, for example mannitol or other pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles, if necessary.
Suitable emulsions may be prepared using commercially available fat emulsions, such as Intralipid™, Liposyn™, Infonutrol™, Lipofundin™ and Lipiphysan™. The active ingredient may be either dissolved in a pre-mixed emulsion composition or alternatively it may be dissolved in an oil (e.g. soybean oil, safflower oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, corn oil or almond oil) and an emulsion formed upon mixing with a phospholipid (e.g. egg phospholipids, soybean phospholipids or soybean lecithin) and water. It will be appreciated that other ingredients may be added, for example glycerol or glucose, to adjust the tonicity of the emulsion. Suitable emulsions will typically contain up to 20% oil, for example, between 5 and 20%. The fat emulsion can comprise fat droplets between 0.1 and 1.0 pm, particularly 0.1 and 0.5 pm, and have a pH in the range of 5.5 to 8.0.
The emulsion compositions can be those prepared by mixing an anti-NGF antibody with Intralipid™ or the components thereof (soybean oil, egg phospholipids, glycerol and water).
Compositions for inhalation or insufflation include solutions and suspensions in pharmaceutically acceptable, aqueous or organic solvents, or mixtures thereof, and powders. The liquid or solid compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients as set out above. In some embodiments, the compositions are administered by the oral or nasal respiratory route for local or systemic effect. Compositions in preferably sterile pharmaceutically acceptable solvents may be nebulised by use of gases. Nebulised solutions may be breathed directly from the nebulising device or the nebulising device may be attached to a face mask, tent or intermittent positive pressure breathing machine. Solution, suspension or powder compositions may be administered, preferably orally or nasally, from devices which deliver the formulation in an appropriate manner.
In embodiments that refer to a method of treating cancer pain as described herein, such embodiments are also further embodiments of tanezumab for use in that treatment, or alternatively of the use of tanezumab in the manufacture of a medicament for use in that treatment.
Kits
The invention also provides kits comprising tanezumab described herein. Kits of the invention include one or more containers comprising tanezumab and instructions for use in accordance with any of the methods of the invention described herein. Generally, these instructions comprise a description of administration of the anti-NGF antibody for the above described therapeutic treatments. In some embodiments, kits are provided for producing a single-dose administration unit. In certain embodiments, the kit can contain both a first container having a dried protein and a second container having an aqueous formulation. In certain embodiments, kits containing single and multi-chambered pre-filled syringes (e.g., liquid syringes and lyosyringes) are included.
The instructions relating to the use of the anti-NGF antibody generally include information as to dosage, dosing schedule, and route of administration for the intended treatment. The containers may be unit doses, bulk packages (e.g., multi-dose packages) or sub-unit doses. Instructions supplied in the kits of the invention are typically written instructions on a label or package insert (e.g., a paper sheet included in the kit), but machine-readable instructions (e.g., instructions carried on a magnetic or optical storage disk) are also acceptable.
The kits of this invention are in suitable packaging. Suitable packaging includes, but is not limited to, vials, bottles, jars, flexible packaging (e.g., sealed Mylar or plastic bags), and the like. Also contemplated are packages for use in combination with a specific device, such as an inhaler, nasal administration device (e.g., an atomizer) or an infusion device such as a minipump. A kit may have a sterile access port (for example the container may be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle). The container may also have a sterile access port (for example the container may be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle). At least one active agent in the composition is an anti-NGF antibody. The container may further comprise a second pharmaceutically active agent.
Kits may optionally provide additional components such as buffers and interpretive information. Normally, the kit comprises a container and a label or package insert(s) on or associated with the container.
Example 1:
The study was a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter, parallel- group, 48-week Phase 3 study in subjects with cancer pain predominantly due to bone metastasis receiving background opioid therapy. Eligible subjects had cancer diagnosed as having metastasized to bone or had multiple myeloma with imaging confirmation of bone metastasis at Screening or within 120 days prior to the Screening visit according to local standard of care (e.g., via bone scan, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), computed tomography (CT) scan, or positron emission tomography- computed tomography (PET-CT) scan). Subjects were required to have an average pain score >5 at Screening and Baseline for the index bone metastasis cancer pain site, a Patient’s Global Assessment of Cancer Pain assessed as ‘fair’, ‘poor’ or ‘very poor’ at Screening and at Baseline, and an Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) Performance Status Score of 0, 1 , or 2 at Screening. Subjects were expected to require daily opioid medication throughout the course of the study.
Approximately 144 subjects (72/treatment arm) were planned to be randomized to receive tanezumab 20 mg or matching placebo in 3 SC injections at Baseline, Week 8 and Week 16, in addition to background opioids administered throughout the study.
The protocol was initially designed to include 3 treatment groups (tanezumab 20 mg SC, tanezumab 10 mg SC, and placebo) with a 1 :1 :1 randomization ratio, but was amended (Amendment 3) after study start to discontinue the tanezumab 10 mg dose arm. Altogether, 10 subjects in total were randomized to receive tanezumab 10 mg SC prior to implementation of Amendment 3. Subjects who were randomized to tanezumab 10 mg SC at baseline and later received tanezumab 20 mg SC after Amendment 3 are labeled as tanezumab 10/20 mg group.
Thus, the treatment groups were:
• Placebo and tanezumab 20 mg in a 1 :1 ratio
• 9 subjects randomized to tanezumab 10 mg
• 1 subject randomized to tanezumab 10 mg and later changed to 20 mg after the implementation of Amendment 3
Based on the study objectives, the 9 subjects in the tanezumab 10 mg and 1 subject in the tanezumab 10/20 mg treatment group are only used to provide supplemental safety information.
The opioid regimen for each subject was optimized prior to Baseline. Subjects on a stable opioid regimen who met the criteria for randomization during the Baseline Assessment Period continued on the same opioid regimen with only minimal dosage increases (< 10% of baseline total daily dose) permitted for the first 8 weeks of the Double-Blind Treatment Period.
Stratification variables were (i) tumor aggressiveness (assessed by ECOG performance status) and (ii) presence/absence of concomitant anticancer treatment (e.g., chemotherapy or hormonal therapy or anti hormonal therapy).
The primary efficacy endpoint was measured 8 weeks after the 1st dose at Baseline. The end of the double-blind treatment period was at Week 24, followed by a 24-week safety follow-up period, resulting in the end of study at Week 48. The study had a Group Sequential Design with a single interim analysis performed after at least 50% of subjects had completed or discontinued prior to Week 8. The interim analysis assessed both futility (non-binding) and efficacy based on the primary efficacy parameter. The study did not stop based on the interim analysis. As a result, the alpha used for final analysis was not 0.05, but was determined based on the number of subjects included in the interim analysis and in the final analysis using the Lan DeMets alpha spending function with the O’Brien Fleming style boundary, which was implemented in EAST version 6.5. The alpha-level used for a two-sided test of the primary endpoint in the final analysis was 0.0478.
The study design is illustrated in Figure 1.
Subject Population
The primary analysis set for efficacy is the modified intent to treat (mITT) analysis set. It is labeled as the “mITT Population” and consists of all subjects who were randomized to
either tanezumab 20 mg or placebo SC and received at least one dose of SC study medication. The safety analysis set is defined as all subjects treated with tanezumab or placebo SC and is labeled as the ‘Safety Analysis Set’ or ‘Safety Population’. This set also includes 10 subjects who were randomized and received tanezumab 10 mg: 9 remained on tanezumab 10 mg SC and 1 changed to tanezumab 20 mg SC after the implementation of Amendment 3.
• Subject disposition
• Screened: 325
• Randomized: 156 o Randomized to placebo or tanezumab 20 mg: n=146 o Randomized to tanezumab 10 mg prior to Amendment 3: n=10
Table 2: Summary of Subject Evaluation and Disposition Events for Placebo and Tanezumab 20 mg (Primary Analysis Set)
Efficacy: Key Results & Supportive Findings
Primary Endpoint: Change from Baseline to Week 8 in Average Pain Intensity at the Index Cancer Pain Site.
Treatment with tanezumab 20 mg SC resulted in significant improvement (reduction) in the daily average pain intensity score compared to placebo treatment and met the primary objective of the study.
Change (mean ± SD) from Baseline to Week 8 on the 11 -point numerical pain score (ranging from 0=no pain to 10=worst pain) was -1.92 ± 2.27 in the tanezumab 20 mg group and -1.15 ± 1.16 in the placebo group. After multiple imputation accounting for missing data, the Least Square mean change (LS mean (95% Cl)) was -2.03 (-2.73, - 1.33) in the tanezumab 20 mg, compared to -1.25 (-1.94, -0.55) in the placebo group, reflecting a statistically significant (p = 0.0381 with a = 0.0478) improvement over placebo, LS mean difference (95% Cl) = -0.78 (-1.52, -0.04). See Figure 2.
A consistent benefit of treatment with tanezumab 20 mg versus placebo was observed regardless of region, baseline pain score, primary cancer type, baseline opioid use, tumor aggressiveness, or concomitant anticancer treatment.
Statistical significance:
Because an interim analysis was performed when 86 subjects had completed the primary assessment at Week 8, the type-l error (alpha-level) for the final analysis was determined based on the pre-specified Lan-DeMets alpha-spending function with the O’Brien Fleming style boundary. The alpha-level used for a two-sided test of the primary endpoint in the final analysis of the 145 subjects was 0.0478.
Effect of Amendment 3:
Similar results were observed when the analysis of the primary endpoint was repeated among subjects randomized after Protocol Amendment 3. The improvement in LS mean (95% Cl) was -2.14 (-2.89, -1.40) in the tanezumab 20 mg compared to -1.15 (- 1.86, -0.44) in the placebo group, showing an LS mean difference (95% Cl) of -1.00 (- 1.77, -0.22).
Secondary Endpoints Based on Pain Scores
Improvements in average pain were also greater with tanezumab 20 mg than with placebo at Weeks 1, 2, 4, and 6 (Figure 3A). Changes in average pain were not different between the two groups beyond Week 8. Improvements in worst pain intensity at the index cancer pain site were also observed with tanezumab 20 mg compared with placebo at Weeks 2, 4, and 6; significant differences between the two groups were not evident at or beyond Week 8 (Figure 3B). Figure 4 provides the improvement in the average pain intensity up to Day 7.
Results of the primary analysis were supported by the higher proportion of subjects in the tanezumab 20 mg group who achieved >= 30%, 50%, 70% or 90% reduction from baseline in pain score. At Week 8, 18 (25.4%) subjects in the tanezumab 20 mg group achieved >=50% reduction, significantly more than the 9 (12.3%) subjects in the placebo group (Odds Ratio=2.55, p=0.0405). See Figure 5 in this regard and also Figure 6 showing the >=50% response rates over time . The worst pain intensity score at the index cancer pain site also showed greater average improvement (LS mean, 95% Cl) in the tanezumab 20 mg group than in the placebo group, statistically significant at Weeks 2, 4 and 6 (Figure 3B). At Week 8, the improvement was numerically larger in the tanezumab 20 mg group (-2.14, [-2.88, -1.41]) than in the placebo group (-1.38, [- 2.10, - 0.67]). Flowever, the LS mean difference (-0.76) was not statistically significant p=0.0505. Nevertheless, a higher proportion of subjects in the tanezumab 20 mg group achieved >=50% reduction in worst pain intensity score at Weeks 4 and 6, as well as at Week 8: 16 (22.5%) vs 7 (9.6%), Odds Ratio=2.69, p=0.0457.
Other Secondary Endpoints
Patient Global Assessment of Cancer Pain
Starting from Week 4 throughout the study, numerically greater improvement (reduction) in Patient Global Assessment of Cancer Pain was observed in the tanezumab 20 mg group than in the placebo group. However, the difference did not reach statistical significance when the improvement was compared between treatment groups at each individual visit other than Week 4.
At Week 8, the improvement (reduction in mean (95% Cl)) in Patient Global Assessment of Cancer Pain on a 5-point scale (from 1=very good to 5=very poor) was - 0.74 (-3, -1) in the tanezumab 20 mg and -0.54 (-3, 1) in the placebo group. After multiple imputation accounting for missing data, the Least Square mean (LS mean,
95% Cl) was -0.56 (-0.89, -0.23) in the tanezumab 20 mg group, compared to -0.23 (- 0.55, 0.09) in the placebo group, an LS mean difference (95% Cl) of - 0.33 (-0.67,
0.02), although the difference was not statistically significant (p=0.0637). Numerically more subjects in the tanezumab 20 mg group achieved a 2-point reduction on the 5- point scale than in the placebo group, 12 (16.7%) vs 10 (13.7%).
• Average Daily Dosage of Opioids and Frequency of Opioids Use
At baseline, the mean (median) daily dosage of opioids was 183 (90) Milligram Morphine Equivalent (MME) in the placebo group, and 190 (85) MME in the tanezumab 20 mg group. The average daily dosage remained between 170 and 190 MME for both groups through Week 16. At Week 24, the mean (SD) daily dosage of opioids was 190 (353) MME in the placebo group, and 347 (1537) MME in the tanezumab 20 mg group. The higher dose in the tanezumab group was due to an extreme value of 12746 MME. The median daily dose at Week 24 was 61 MME in both treatment groups.
At Baseline, the rescue medication was used on average 0.92 times per day in the tanezumab 20 mg group and 1.26 times/day in the placebo group. After baseline, rescue medication continued to be used less frequently in the tanezumab 20 mg group than in the placebo group, ranging from 25% (95% Cl: 4%- 42%) less at Week 4 to 10% less at Week 24.
Subgroup Analysis
Interaction analysis for the primary endpoint were conducted to explore how the following factors affected the treatment effect:
- Region (Asia, Europe and Latin America)
- Baseline pain score (<median pain score or >median pain score)
- Primary cancer type (breast carcinoma, lung carcinoma, prostatic carcinoma, and other carcinomas o Other carcinomas (pooled subjects for carcinomas with fewer that 10 subjects in both the tanezumab 20 mg and placebo treatment groups) including bone marrow, bone metastasis, cervical cancer, cholangiocarcinoma, colorectal carcinoma, corpus uteri carcinoma, gastric carcinoma, head of pancreas carcinoma, larynx epidermoid carcinoma, myeloma, nasopharynx carcinoma, pancreatic neuroendocrine tumors, rectal carcinoma, renal carcinoma, sublingual gland cancer, and uterine carcinoma
- Baseline opioid use ((<median opioid use or >median opioid use)
- Tumor aggressiveness as measured by ECOG Performance Status Score at screening/baseline (less aggressive (<1) or more aggressive (>2))
- Concomitant anticancer treatment (present or absent)
The consistent benefit of treatment with tanezumab 20 mg versus placebo was observed regardless of region, baseline pain score, primary cancer type, baseline opioid use, tumor aggressiveness, or concomitant anticancer treatment (except for other carinomas at Week 1 [LS mean difference: 0.14])
The results of these analyses can be seen in Figures 9-14:
- index cancer pain site (Figure 9)
- geographic region (Figure 10)
- median pain score at baseline (Figure 11)
- median opioid use at baseline (Figure 12). The median opioid use is the median value of baseline opioid use, equal to 96 mg of morphine equivalence.
- tumor aggressiveness (Figure 13). Aggressiveness of tumor was evaluated by ECOG Performance Status Score: ECOG Performance Status Score at Screening of <1 is evaluated as less aggressive and >2 is evaluated as more aggressive.
- concomitant anti-cancer therapy (Figure 14).
The analyses revealed subgroups with statistically significant differences at Week 8. These subgroups included:
- “Other” primary tumor types (Figure 9)
- patients with baseline pain score above median (6.0) (Figure 11)
- patients with opioid use < median at baseline (96 MME) (Figure 12)
- less aggressive tumors (Figure 13)
- no concomitant anticancer therapy (Figure 14)
At week 8, a larger treatment difference was observed for subjects with a baseline pain score above the median pain score (LS mean difference (SE): -1.49 (0.61); p=0.0178) than for subjects with baseline pain score below or equal to the median pain score (LS mean difference (SE): -0.53 (0.47); p=0.2621).
At week 8, a larger treatment difference was observed for subjects with a baseline opioid use below or equal to the median opioid use (LS mean difference (SE): -1.25 (0.50); p=0.0151 ) than for subjects with baseline opioid use above the median opioid use (LS mean difference (SE): -0.69 (0.53); p=0.2034).
Safety
The safety population consisted of 73 subjects in the placebo SC group, 72 subjects in the tanezumab 20 mg SC group, 9 subjects who received tanezumab 10 mg SC, and 1 subject in the tanezumab 10/20 mg SC group. The proportion of subjects that received three planned SC doses of study medication were 52.1%, 65.3%, and 66.7% in the placebo, tanezumab 20 mg, and tanezumab 10 mg treatment groups, respectively.
Treatment-emergent adverse events are shown in Table 4. The incidence of adverse events was 68.5% in the placebo group, 73.6% in the tanezumab 20 mg group, 88.9% (8 of 9) in the tanezumab 10 mg group and 100% (1 of 1) in the tanezumab 10/20 mg group. The incidence of serious adverse events was 30.1% (placebo group), 40.3% (tanezumab 20 mg group), 22.2% (2 of 9, tanezumab 10 mg group) and 100% (1 of 1, tanezumab 10/20 mg group). The total number of deaths reported in the study was 46 and none was considered treatment-related by the investigators. The incidence of discontinuations from the study due to AEs was 9.6% in the placebo group and 6.9% in the tanezumab 20 mg group whereas the incidence of discontinuations from the study drug (but not the study) due to AEs was 6.8% in the placebo group and 5.6% in the tanezumab 20 mg group.
Table 4 Incidence of Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events During the Treatment Period (All Causalities) - Safety Population
The most frequent adverse events (>2% of subjects all causalities for the placebo and tanezumab 20 mg treatment groups) are shown in Table 5. Anaemia was the most commonly reported AE with an incidence of 12.3% and 8.3% in the placebo and tanezumab 20 mg SC treatment groups, respectively. The second most commonly reported AEs were arthralgia and progression of prostate cancer both with an incidence of 8.2% and 8.3% in the placebo and tanezumab 20 mg SC treatment groups,
respectively. Peripheral neurologic adverse events of abnormal peripheral sensation reported in > 2% of subjects were limited to paraesthesia (0% placebo; 2.8% tanezumab 20 mg) and neuralgia (2.7% placebo; 1.4% tanezumab 20 mg). Table 5 Incidence of Most Frequent (>2%) Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events During the Treatment Period (All Causalities) - Safety Population
A summary of joint safety events that required adjudication is shown in Table 6. Overall, 1 subject each in the placebo SC and tanezumab 10 mg SC treatment groups, and 2 subjects in the tanezumab 20 mg SC treatment group had joint safety events that required adjudication; none were considered related to study treatment by the investigators. The joint safety events were adjudicated to the following outcomes:
Other — traumatic avulsion fracture of the ankle (placebo), Other — extra-articular pathologic fracture (tanezumab 10 mg), and pathologic fractures - left acetabulum and right hip respectively (2 subjects-tanezumab 20 mg). One subject in the tanezumab 20 mg group with a reported pathologic fracture of the left acetabulum on Study Day 31 had a total joint replacement (TJR) of the left hip 2 days after the subject discontinued the study due to a non-serious adverse event of pathologic fracture of left acetabulum. Both pathological fractures occurred at a site of pre-existing bone metastasis and the subject with the fracture of the left acetabulum had received prior radiotherapy of the left hemipelvis. The subject who had TJR of the left hip had no evidence of OAat
Screening (Baseline KL grade 0). No subject in any treatment group had a joint safety event adjudicated as rapidly progressive OA, primary osteonecrosis, or subchondral insufficiency fracture. Table 6 Summary of Subjects with Adjudicated Joint Safety Outcomes - Safety Population
Interpretation of Primary Results
The primary endpoint of the study was met. Statistically significant changes from Baseline to Week 8 in the daily average pain intensity in the index bone metastasis cancer pain site were achieved for tanezumab 20 mg SC treatment compared to placebo SC treatment, each administered in addition to background opioids. The use of background opioids allowed an appropriate comparison of the efficacy and safety of tanezumab versus placebo to be made reflective of the real-world experience.
A number of secondary efficacy endpoints supported the primary endpoint of the study. Tanezumab 20 mg demonstrated significantly greater improvements vs placebo in the daily average pain intensity and in the daily worst pain intensity in the index bone metastasis cancer pain site at Weeks 2, 4 and 6. Tanezumab 20 mg also demonstrated a significantly greater proportion of subjects with a 50% response at Week 8 compared to placebo.
The safety findings including the adverse event profile in the tanezumab treatment groups were generally consistent with those anticipated in subjects with cancer pain predominantly due to bone metastasis and/or the known safety profile of tanezumab.
No new safety risks were identified.
Claims
1. A method of treating cancer pain in a patient in need thereof, the method comprising administering 20 mg of tanezumab subcutaneously to the patient, wherein the patient has moderate to severe cancer pain predominantly due to bone metastasis, cancer originated in bone, or multiple myeloma, and wherein the patient has had inadequate pain relief with opioid analgesics.
2. The method according to claim 1 , wherein the patient has: i. an average Pain Score of at least 5 for the index cancer pain site; ii. a Patient's Global Assessment of Cancer Pain of "fair", "poor" or "very poor"; iii. an Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) Performance Status Score of 0, 1, or 2; and iv. no joint safety event selected from: 1) rapidly progressive osteoarthritis (type 1 or type 2), 2) atrophic or hypotrophic osteoarthritis, 3) subchondral insufficiency fracture, 4) spontaneous osteonecrosis of the knee (SPONK), 5) osteonecrosis, or 6) pathologic fracture.
3. The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein tanezumab is administered every eight weeks.
4. The method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein tanezumab is administered for at least two or more doses at eight weekly intervals.
5. The method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the tanezumab is administered to the patient for at least 8, 16, 24, 32, 40 or 48 weeks.
6. The method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the treatment effectively reduces pain at the index cancer pain site.
7. The method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the treatment effectively reduces average pain intensity at the index cancer pain site.
8. The method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the treatment effectively reduces worst pain intensity at the index cancer pain site.
9. The method accordingly to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the treatment effectively reduces patient global assessment of cancer pain at the index cancer pain site.
10. The method according to any one of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the treatment effectively reduces pain at the index cancer pain site at at least 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 week(s) after start of treatment.
11. The method according to claim any one of the preceding claims, wherein the treatment effectively reduces pain at the index cancer pain site at weeks 2, 4, and 6, in addition to week 8 after start of treatment.
12. The method according to any one of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the treatment effectively reduces pain at the index cancer pain site at at least 16, 24, 32, 40, 48 or 56 weeks after start of treatment.
13. The method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the treatment effectively improves pain at the index cancer pain site compared to a baseline value prior to or at start of treatment.
14. The method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the patient requires background opioid therapy.
15. The method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the patient requires opioid medication.
16. The method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein treatment results in reduced opioid use.
17. The method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the treatment results in reduced average opioid consumption.
18. The method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the patient is subjected to radiographic assessment of the knee, hip and/or shoulder prior to starting treatment.
19. The method according to claim 18, wherein if radiographic assessment identified rapidly progressive osteoarthritis of the joint, the patient is excluded from the treatment with tanezumab.
20. The method of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the patient has moderate to severe cancer pain predominantly due to bone metastasis.
21. The method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the patient has an average pain score of greater than 5 at the index cancer pain site.
22. The method according to claim 21, wherein the patient has an average pain score of about 6 at the index cancer pain site.
23. The method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the patient has a total weekly opioid use of less than 150, 125, 100, or 75 morphine equivalents.
24. The method according to claim 23, wherein the patient has a total weekly median opioid use of less than about 100 morphine equivalents.
25. The method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the cancer is diagnosed as having metastasized to bone or multiple myeloma.
26. The method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the cancer pain is from cancer originated in bone.
27. The method according to claim 26, wherein the cancer pain is from osteosarcoma.
28. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 24, wherein the cancer pain is from cancer metastasized to bone.
29. The method according to claim 28, wherein the cancer pain is from prostate cancer metastasized to bone, breast cancer metastasized to bone, lung cancer metastasized to bone, sarcoma metastasized to bone, or renal cancer metastasized to bone.
30. The method according to claim 28, wherein the cancer pain is from cancer other than breast cancer, prostate cancer or lung cancer metastasized to bone.
31. The method of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the patient has had cancer pain predominantly due to bone metastasis for at least three months.
32. The method of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the tumor is less aggressive as measured by ECOG Performance Status Score.
33. The method of claim 32, wherein the ECOG Performance Status Score is less than or equal to 1.
34. The method of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the patient does not receive concomitant anti-cancer therapy.
35. The method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the patient prior to administering tanezumab has no symptoms and radiographic evidence of osteoarthritis of the knee, hip or shoulder and/or of osteonecrosis or osteoporotic fracture.
36. The method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the method further comprises conducting a radiographic assessment of the knee, hip and/or, shoulder at regular intervals.
37. Tanezumab for use in a method of treating cancer pain in a patient in need thereof, the method comprising administering 20 mg of tanezumab subcutaneously to the
patient, wherein the patient has moderate to severe cancer pain predominantly due to bone metastasis, cancer originated in bone, or multiple myeloma, and wherein the patient has had inadequate pain relief with opioids.
38. Tanezumab for use of claim 37, wherein the method is as defined in any one of claims 1 to 36.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US202163203553P | 2021-07-27 | 2021-07-27 | |
US63/203,553 | 2021-07-27 | ||
US202263364735P | 2022-05-16 | 2022-05-16 | |
US63/364,735 | 2022-05-16 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2023007374A1 true WO2023007374A1 (en) | 2023-02-02 |
Family
ID=82748299
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/IB2022/056903 WO2023007374A1 (en) | 2021-07-27 | 2022-07-26 | Method of treatment of cancer pain with tanezumab |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2023007374A1 (en) |
Citations (24)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3773919A (en) | 1969-10-23 | 1973-11-20 | Du Pont | Polylactide-drug mixtures |
US4485045A (en) | 1981-07-06 | 1984-11-27 | Research Corporation | Synthetic phosphatidyl cholines useful in forming liposomes |
US4544545A (en) | 1983-06-20 | 1985-10-01 | Trustees University Of Massachusetts | Liposomes containing modified cholesterol for organ targeting |
US4683202A (en) | 1985-03-28 | 1987-07-28 | Cetus Corporation | Process for amplifying nucleic acid sequences |
US4683195A (en) | 1986-01-30 | 1987-07-28 | Cetus Corporation | Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or-cloning nucleic acid sequences |
WO1987004462A1 (en) | 1986-01-23 | 1987-07-30 | Celltech Limited | Recombinant dna sequences, vectors containing them and method for the use thereof |
US4754065A (en) | 1984-12-18 | 1988-06-28 | Cetus Corporation | Precursor to nucleic acid probe |
US4800159A (en) | 1986-02-07 | 1989-01-24 | Cetus Corporation | Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or cloning nucleic acid sequences |
US4816567A (en) | 1983-04-08 | 1989-03-28 | Genentech, Inc. | Recombinant immunoglobin preparations |
US5013556A (en) | 1989-10-20 | 1991-05-07 | Liposome Technology, Inc. | Liposomes with enhanced circulation time |
US5047335A (en) | 1988-12-21 | 1991-09-10 | The Regents Of The University Of Calif. | Process for controlling intracellular glycosylation of proteins |
US5225539A (en) | 1986-03-27 | 1993-07-06 | Medical Research Council | Recombinant altered antibodies and methods of making altered antibodies |
US5278299A (en) | 1991-03-18 | 1994-01-11 | Scripps Clinic And Research Foundation | Method and composition for synthesizing sialylated glycosyl compounds |
US5500362A (en) | 1987-01-08 | 1996-03-19 | Xoma Corporation | Chimeric antibody with specificity to human B cell surface antigen |
US5510261A (en) | 1991-11-21 | 1996-04-23 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Juniot University | Method of controlling the degradation of glycoprotein oligosaccharides produced by cultured Chinese hamster ovary cells |
US5585089A (en) | 1988-12-28 | 1996-12-17 | Protein Design Labs, Inc. | Humanized immunoglobulins |
US5821337A (en) | 1991-06-14 | 1998-10-13 | Genentech, Inc. | Immunoglobulin variants |
US5859205A (en) | 1989-12-21 | 1999-01-12 | Celltech Limited | Humanised antibodies |
WO1999058572A1 (en) | 1998-05-08 | 1999-11-18 | Cambridge University Technical Services Limited | Binding molecules derived from immunoglobulins which do not trigger complement mediated lysis |
WO2001027160A1 (en) | 1999-10-14 | 2001-04-19 | Applied Molecular Evolution, Inc. | Methods of optimizing antibody variable region binding affinity |
US6737056B1 (en) | 1999-01-15 | 2004-05-18 | Genentech, Inc. | Polypeptide variants with altered effector function |
WO2004058184A2 (en) | 2002-12-24 | 2004-07-15 | Rinat Neuroscience Corp. | Anti-ngf antibodies and methods using same |
US7314622B2 (en) | 2005-04-15 | 2008-01-01 | Neogenix Oncology, Inc. | Recombinant monoclonal antibodies and corresponding antigens for colon and pancreatic cancers |
WO2010032220A1 (en) | 2008-09-19 | 2010-03-25 | Pfizer Inc. | Stable liquid antibody formulation |
-
2022
- 2022-07-26 WO PCT/IB2022/056903 patent/WO2023007374A1/en unknown
Patent Citations (29)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3773919A (en) | 1969-10-23 | 1973-11-20 | Du Pont | Polylactide-drug mixtures |
US4485045A (en) | 1981-07-06 | 1984-11-27 | Research Corporation | Synthetic phosphatidyl cholines useful in forming liposomes |
US4816567A (en) | 1983-04-08 | 1989-03-28 | Genentech, Inc. | Recombinant immunoglobin preparations |
US4544545A (en) | 1983-06-20 | 1985-10-01 | Trustees University Of Massachusetts | Liposomes containing modified cholesterol for organ targeting |
US4754065A (en) | 1984-12-18 | 1988-06-28 | Cetus Corporation | Precursor to nucleic acid probe |
US4683202A (en) | 1985-03-28 | 1987-07-28 | Cetus Corporation | Process for amplifying nucleic acid sequences |
US4683202B1 (en) | 1985-03-28 | 1990-11-27 | Cetus Corp | |
WO1987004462A1 (en) | 1986-01-23 | 1987-07-30 | Celltech Limited | Recombinant dna sequences, vectors containing them and method for the use thereof |
US4683195A (en) | 1986-01-30 | 1987-07-28 | Cetus Corporation | Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or-cloning nucleic acid sequences |
US4683195B1 (en) | 1986-01-30 | 1990-11-27 | Cetus Corp | |
US4800159A (en) | 1986-02-07 | 1989-01-24 | Cetus Corporation | Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or cloning nucleic acid sequences |
US5225539A (en) | 1986-03-27 | 1993-07-06 | Medical Research Council | Recombinant altered antibodies and methods of making altered antibodies |
US5500362A (en) | 1987-01-08 | 1996-03-19 | Xoma Corporation | Chimeric antibody with specificity to human B cell surface antigen |
US5047335A (en) | 1988-12-21 | 1991-09-10 | The Regents Of The University Of Calif. | Process for controlling intracellular glycosylation of proteins |
US6180370B1 (en) | 1988-12-28 | 2001-01-30 | Protein Design Labs, Inc. | Humanized immunoglobulins and methods of making the same |
US5693762A (en) | 1988-12-28 | 1997-12-02 | Protein Design Labs, Inc. | Humanized immunoglobulins |
US5585089A (en) | 1988-12-28 | 1996-12-17 | Protein Design Labs, Inc. | Humanized immunoglobulins |
US5693761A (en) | 1988-12-28 | 1997-12-02 | Protein Design Labs, Inc. | Polynucleotides encoding improved humanized immunoglobulins |
US5013556A (en) | 1989-10-20 | 1991-05-07 | Liposome Technology, Inc. | Liposomes with enhanced circulation time |
US5859205A (en) | 1989-12-21 | 1999-01-12 | Celltech Limited | Humanised antibodies |
US5278299A (en) | 1991-03-18 | 1994-01-11 | Scripps Clinic And Research Foundation | Method and composition for synthesizing sialylated glycosyl compounds |
US5821337A (en) | 1991-06-14 | 1998-10-13 | Genentech, Inc. | Immunoglobulin variants |
US5510261A (en) | 1991-11-21 | 1996-04-23 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Juniot University | Method of controlling the degradation of glycoprotein oligosaccharides produced by cultured Chinese hamster ovary cells |
WO1999058572A1 (en) | 1998-05-08 | 1999-11-18 | Cambridge University Technical Services Limited | Binding molecules derived from immunoglobulins which do not trigger complement mediated lysis |
US6737056B1 (en) | 1999-01-15 | 2004-05-18 | Genentech, Inc. | Polypeptide variants with altered effector function |
WO2001027160A1 (en) | 1999-10-14 | 2001-04-19 | Applied Molecular Evolution, Inc. | Methods of optimizing antibody variable region binding affinity |
WO2004058184A2 (en) | 2002-12-24 | 2004-07-15 | Rinat Neuroscience Corp. | Anti-ngf antibodies and methods using same |
US7314622B2 (en) | 2005-04-15 | 2008-01-01 | Neogenix Oncology, Inc. | Recombinant monoclonal antibodies and corresponding antigens for colon and pancreatic cancers |
WO2010032220A1 (en) | 2008-09-19 | 2010-03-25 | Pfizer Inc. | Stable liquid antibody formulation |
Non-Patent Citations (74)
Title |
---|
"Cell and Tissue Culture: Laboratory Procedures", 1993, J. WILEY AND SONS |
"National Comprehensive Cancer Network (NCCN) Clinical Practice Guidelines In Oncology", 2013, article "Adult Cancer Pain Version 2", pages: 1 - 75 |
"Oligonucleotide Synthesis", 1984 |
"PCR: The Polymerase Chain Reaction", 1994, BIRKAUSWER PRESS |
"Remington: The Science and practice of Pharmacy", 2000, LIPPINCOTT WILLIAMS AND WILKINS |
AGENCY FOR HEALTHCARE POLICY AND RESEARCH ROCKVILLE, MARYLAND: "Management of cancer pain guideline overview", J NATL MED ASSOC, vol. 86, 1994, pages 571 - 73 |
ALTMAN ET AL., ARTHRITIS RHEUM, vol. 29, 1986, pages 1039 - 49 |
ANONYMOUS: "Phase 3 Study on the Efficacy and Safety of Tanezumab in Patients With Cancer Pain Due to Bone Metastasis Who Are Taking Background Opioid Therapy - NCT02609828", CLINICALTRIALS.GOV, 20 November 2015 (2015-11-20), Internet, pages 1 - 11, XP055971850, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/record/NCT02609828> [retrieved on 20221017] * |
BENEDETTI CBROCK CCLEELAND C ET AL., ONCOLOGY (WILLISTON PARK, vol. 14, 2000, pages 135 - 50 |
BOYD ET AL., MOL. IMMUNOL., vol. 32, 1996, pages 1311 - 1318 |
BUCK, D. W. ET AL., IN VITRO, vol. 18, 1982, pages 377 - 381 |
BUCKERIDGE DHUANG AHANLEY J ET AL., J AM GERIATR SOC, vol. 58, 2010, pages 1664 - 70 |
CAPEL ET AL., IMMUNOMETHODS, vol. 4, 1994, pages 25 - 34 |
CHOTHIA ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 196, 1986, pages 901 - 17 |
CHOTHIA ET AL., NATURE, vol. 342, 1989, pages 877 - 83 |
CHOTHIALESK, J MOL BIOL, vol. 196, no. 4, 1987, pages 901 - 917 |
CLYNES ET AL., PNAS (USA), vol. 95, 1998, pages 652 - 656 |
COLUZZI FMANDATORI IMATTIA C, EXPERT OPIN. EMERGING DRUGS, vol. 16, no. 3, 2011, pages 441 - 58 |
DAYHOFF, M.O.: "Atlas of Protein Sequence and Structure", vol. 5, 1978, NATIONAL BIOMEDICAL RESEARCH FOUNDATION, article "A model of evolutionary change in proteins - Matrices for detecting distant relationships", pages: 345 - 358 |
DE HAAS ET AL., J. LAB. CLIN. MED., vol. 126, 1995, pages 330 - 41 |
EPSTEIN ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 82, 1985, pages 3688 |
FALLON M.: "LBA62 Efficacy and safety of tanezumab in subjects with cancer pain predominantly due to bone metastasis receiving background opioid therapy - ScienceDirect", ANNALS OF ONCOLOGY, 21 September 2021 (2021-09-21), Internet, pages 1 - 2, XP055971989, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0923753421044471?via=ihub> [retrieved on 20221017] * |
FORBES K, CLINICAL ONCOLOGY, vol. 23, 2011, pages 379 - 80 |
GAZZANO-SANTORO ET AL., J. IMMUNOL. METHODS,, vol. 202, 1996, pages 163 |
GOLDBERG GMORRISON R, J CLIN ONCOL, vol. 25, 2007, pages 1792 - 1801 |
GORDON DBDAHL JLMIASKOWSKI C, ARCH INTERN MED, vol. 165, 2005, pages 1574 - 80 |
GRAHAM ET AL., J. GEN VIROL., vol. 36, 1997, pages 59 |
GUYERETAL, J. IMMUNOL., vol. 117, 1976, pages 587 |
HEIN J.: "Methods in Enzymology", vol. 183, 1990, ACADEMIC PRESS, INC., article "Unified Approach to Alignment and Phylogenes", pages: 626 - 645 |
HIGGINS, D.G.SHARP, P.M., CABIOS, vol. 5, 1989, pages 151 - 153 |
HOUSTON SJRUBENS RD, CLIN ORTHOP RELAT RES, vol. 312, 1995, pages 539 - 42 |
HSE ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 272, 1997, pages 9062 - 9070 |
HWANG ET AL., PROC. NATL ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 77, 1980, pages 4030 |
JEFFERISLUND, CHEM. IMMUNOL., vol. 65, 1997, pages 111 - 128 |
JOHNSONWU, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 28, 2000, pages 214 - 8 |
JONES ET AL., NATURE, vol. 321, 1986, pages 522 - 525 |
KELLGRENLAWRENCE, ANN RHEUM DIS, vol. 16, no. 4, 2000, pages 494 - 502 |
KIM ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 24, 1994, pages 249 |
KOHLER, B.MILSTEIN, C., NATURE, vol. 256, 1975, pages 495 - 497 |
KOYYALAGUNTA D, BRUERA ESOLANKI D ET AL., PAIN PHYSICIAN, vol. 15, 2012, pages ES39 - ES58 |
LANGFORD DJTRIPATHY DPAUL SM ET AL., JOURNAL OF PAIN, vol. 12, no. 4, 2011, pages 495 - 507 |
LENNON FEMOSS JSINGLETON PA, ANESTHESIOLOGY, vol. 116, no. 4, 2012, pages 940 - 45 |
LIPTON ABERENSON JRBODY JJ ET AL., CLIN CANCER RES, vol. 12, 2006, pages 6209s - 12s |
MACCALLUM ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 5, 1996, pages 732 - 45 |
MAKABE ET AL., JOURNAL OF BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 283, 2008, pages 1156 - 1166 |
MARTIN ET AL.: "Proc Natl Acad Sci (USA", vol. 86, 1989, OXFORD MOLECULAR, LTD, article "AbM™, A Computer Program for Modeling Variable Regions of Antibodies", pages: 9268 - 9272 |
MATHER ET AL., ANNALS N.Y. ACAD. SCI., vol. 383, 1982, pages 44 - 68 |
MATHER, BIOL. REPROD., vol. 23, 1980, pages 243 - 251 |
MCCAFFERTY ET AL., NATURE, vol. 348, 1990, pages 552 - 554 |
MERCADANTE FFULFARO F, CURR OPIN ONCOL, vol. 19, 2007, pages 308 - 14 |
MERCADANTE S, PAIN, vol. 69, 1997, pages 1 - 18 |
MYERS, E.W.MULLER W., CABIOS, vol. 4, 1988, pages 11 - 17 |
N.N.: "Tanezumab Arthritis Advisory Committee Briefing Document", 8 February 2012 (2012-02-08), XP055270180, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:http://www.fda.gov/downloads/AdvisoryCommittees/CommitteesMeetingMaterials/Drugs/ArthritisAdvisoryCommittee/UCM295205.pdf> [retrieved on 20160503] * |
OKEN MMCREECH RHTORMEY DC ET AL., AM J CLINICAL ONCOLOGY, vol. 5, no. 6, 1982, pages 649 - 55 |
PRESTA, CURR. OP. STRUCT. BIOL., vol. 2, 1992, pages 593 - 596 |
RAVETCHKINET, ANN. REV. IMMUNOL., vol. 9, 1991, pages 457 - 92 |
RIECHMANN ET AL., NATURE, vol. 332, 1988, pages 323 - 327 |
ROBINSON, E.D., COMB. THEOR., vol. 11, 1971, pages 105 |
RUBENS RD, EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF CANCER, vol. 34, no. 2, 1998, pages 210 - 13 |
RUSTOEN TMOUM TPADILLA G ET AL., J PAIN SYMPTOM MANAGEMENT, vol. 30, no. 3, 2005, pages 234 - 42 |
SAMUDRALA ET AL.: "Ab Initio Protein Structure Prediction Using a Combined Hierarchical Approach", PROTEINS, STRUCTURE, FUNCTION AND GENETICS, vol. 3, 1999, pages 194 - 198, XP001146416 |
SANTOU, N.NES, M., MOL. BIOL. EVOL., vol. 4, 1987, pages 406 - 425 |
SCHULMAN KLKOHLE J., CANCER, vol. 109, no. 11, 2007, pages 2334 - 42 |
SNEATH, P.H.A.SOKAL, R.R.: "Numerical Taxonomy the Principles and Practice of Numerical Taxonomy", 1973, FREEMAN PRESS |
SOPATA MACIEJ ET AL: "Efficacy and safety of tanezumab in the treatment of pain from bone metastases", PAIN, vol. 156, no. 9, 1 September 2015 (2015-09-01), NL, pages 1703 - 1713, XP055971999, ISSN: 0304-3959, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/j.pain.0000000000000211> DOI: 10.1097/j.pain.0000000000000211 * |
TILLER ET AL., J. IMMUNOL. METHODS, vol. 329, 2008, pages 112 |
UMANA ET AL., NATURE BIOTECH., vol. 17, 1999, pages 176 - 180 |
VERHOEYEN ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 239, 1988, pages 1534 - 1536 |
WILBUR, W.J.LIPMAN, D.J., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 80, 1983, pages 726 - 730 |
WITTWEHOWARD, BIOCHEM., vol. 29, 1990, pages 4175 - 4180 |
WRIGHTMORRISON, TIBTECH, vol. 15, 1997, pages 26 - 32 |
WYSSWAGNER, CURRENT OPIN. BIOTECH., vol. 7, 1996, pages 409 - 416 |
YAU V, CHOW EDAVIS L ET AL., J PAIN SYMPTOM MANAGEMENT, vol. 27, no. 1, 2004, pages 1 - 3 |
ZECH DFGROND SLYNCH J ET AL., PAIN, vol. 63, 1995, pages 65 - 76 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11091544B2 (en) | Antibodies specific for Trop-2 and their uses | |
US9248189B2 (en) | Anti-glucagon receptor antibodies and pharmaceutical compositions thereof | |
CA2859443A1 (en) | Device and method for eliminating nox and n2o | |
US11613581B2 (en) | Antibodies and antibody-drug conjugates specific for CD123 and uses thereof | |
US9249224B2 (en) | Human growth hormone receptor antagonist antibodies and methods of use thereof | |
US20230192839A1 (en) | Antibodies having conditional affinity and methods of use thereof | |
US20220089710A1 (en) | Method of Treating Signs and Symptoms of Osteoarthritis | |
WO2023007374A1 (en) | Method of treatment of cancer pain with tanezumab | |
US20220135663A1 (en) | Method of treatment of Chronic Low Back Pain | |
WO2022195504A1 (en) | Method of treating osteoarthritis pain with an anti ngf antibody | |
RU2789150C2 (en) | Antibodies and antibody-drug conjugates specific to cd123 and their use | |
TW202321308A (en) | Methods for treatment of hematologic cancers using anti-tigit antibodies, anti-cd38 antibodies, and pd-1 axis binding antagonists | |
CN115957321A (en) | Application of anti-HER 2 antibody in preparation of medicine for treating cancer | |
CA2987436A1 (en) | Modified hyaluronan and uses thereof in cancer treatment |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 22748482 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |